08 Goyals Icse Geography Class 10 (Semester 2) Low Size

GOYAL BROTHERS PRAKASHAN
To buy these books

www.goyal-books.com
also available at
Reach us goyalpublisher goyalpublisher goyalpublisher

GOYAL A DIGITAL LEARNING APP
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
As per the latest Reduced and Bifurcated Syllabus for Academic Year 2021-22
for Semester-2 Examination to be held in March-April, 2022
Goyal’s
I.C.S.E.
N
Geography
HA
AS
Question Bank
AK
with PR
Model Test Papers
For Class 10
RS
Semester-2 Examination 2022

HE
Based on A Textbook of I.C.S.E. Geography Class 10

by Veena Bhargava
OT
CISCE’s Modified Assessment Plan for Academic Year 2021-22

BR
Reduced and Bifurcated Syllabus for Semester-2 Examination

Chapterwise Summary and Important Points
Chapterwise Question Bank having all varieties of expected
L
Questions with answers for Semester-2 Examination to be held in

March-April, 2022
YA
Specimen Question Paper (Solved) for Semester-2 Examination

issued by CISCE
O
5 Model Test Papers based on the latest specimen question

paper issued by CISCE for Semester-2 Examination to be held in
G
March-April, 2022

NEW DELHI
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHERS
Sales & Registered Office :
11/1903, Chuna Mandi, Paharganj, New Delhi - 110055
Post Box : 5720, Phones : 43551877, 43561877
E-mail : info@goyal-books.com
Website : www.goyal-books.com
Administrative Office :
N
D-231, Sector 63, Noida-201301 (U.P.)
HA
Phone : 0120-4655555
SHOWROOMS
Ahmedabad : Y-10, Dev Castle Complex Opp. Radhekrishan Villa, Jaymala-Govindwadi
AS
Road Isanpur, Ahmedabad–382 443 (Gujarat) Tel : 09925004030
Chennai : No. 50/39 Ground Floor, Five Furlong Road Guindy, Chennai–600 032
(Tamil Nadu) Tel : 044-29530414, Fax : 044-29530874
AK
Guwahati : H. No. 69, KRB Road, Beside Bharalumukh, SO
Guwahati – 781009 (Assam), Phone : 0361-2967044 Email : guwahati@
goyal-books.comHyderabad : F-7/8/41, First Floor, Agarwal
PR
Chambers, 5-9-1121, King Kothi Road, Hyderabad - 500001, Tele-fax :
23211332
Kochi : Fair Heavens, H.No. 52-2783/A, Shine Road, Vyttila
Ernakulam - 682019 (Kerala) Phone : 0484-2305288
RS
Kolkata : No. 203, 2nd Floor, Fomra Towers, 84-A, Acharya Jagdish Chandra Bose
Road,
HE
Kolkata - 700014, Phone : 033-22262683

Bengaluru : 1681/5/4, Ground Floor, 3rd Main Ramamohanapuram,
Bengaluru - 560 021, Phone : 080-23320655
OT
Bhopal : Plot No. 203, Zone-II, M.P. Nagar, Bhopal-462 011 (M.P.),
Tele-fax : 0755-4271371
Lucknow : B-319, Sector-B, Mahanagar, Opposite P.A.C Main Gate,
BR
Lucknow - 226 006, Phone : 0522-2320841

Patna : Ravi Kiran Apartment, Flat No. 2-A, Second floor, Near Water Pumping
Station,
Pani Tanki Lane, Pirmohani, Patna – 800003
L
Nagpur : Thakkar Villa House No. 436 Joshiwadi, Sitabuldi, Nagpur - 440012,
YA
Phone : 9823655077
To buy our books online log on to www.goyal-books.com

O
© Reserved
Edition : January, 2022
G
Price : ` 165
Di s c l a i m e r
Due care and diligence has been taken while writing, editing and printing the book.
Neither the author nor the publishers of the book hold any responsibility for any
mistakes that may have inadvertently crept in.
Published & Printed by

Roshan Lal Goyal for Goyal Brothers Prakashan, New Delhi
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
SYLLABUS
( Red u ced f o r a ca d em ic y ea r 2 0 2 1 - 2 2 )
T h ere w i l l b e one p a p er o f two h o u rs du ra t i o n ca rryi n g 8 0 m a rks a n d I n t ern a l A ssessm en t o f 2 0 m a rks.
N
T h e P a p er w i l l co n si st o f t w o p a rt s, P a rt I a n d P a rt I I .
HA
Part I (compulsory) w i l l co n si st o f two q u est i o n s. Q u est i o n 1 w i l l b e b a sed o n Topographical Map.
Q u est i o n 2 w i l l b e b a sed o n o u t l i n e Map of India.
Part II: C a n di da t es w i l l b e exp ect ed t o a n sw er a n y five q u est i o n s.
C a n di da t es w i l l b e exp ect ed t o i n t erp ret / m a ke t h e f u l l est u se o f ske t ch es, di a g ra m s, g ra p h s a n d ch a rt s i n
AS
t h ei r a n sw ers.
AK
PART I – M AP W ORK
1 . In t erp ret a t io n o f To p o g ra p h ica l M a p s

(a) Locating features with the help of a four-figure grid reference. PR
(b) Definition of contour and contour interval. Identification of landforms marked by contours (steep
slope and gentle slope), triangulated height, spot height and benchmark.
RS
(c) Interpretation of colour tints used on a topographical survey of India map.
(d) Identification and definition of types of scale given on the map.
Measuring direct distance and calculating area using the scale given therein.
HE
(e) Marking directions between different locations, using eight cardinal points.
(f) Identify: Site of prominent villages and/or towns, types of occupation and means of communication
OT
with the help of the index given at the bottom of the sheet.
(g) Identification of drainage patterns (Dendritic, Trellis, Radial, and Disappearing) and settlement
patterns (Scattered and Compact). Identification of direction of flow, left bank and right bank of a
BR
river.
(h) Identification of natural and man-made features.
(i) Meaning of important terms- Relative height / depth, broken ground, surveyed tree, fireline, causeway,
L
aqueduct and diggi.

YA
2 . M a p o f In d ia
O n a n o u t l i n e m a p o f I n di a , ca n di da t es w i l l b e req u i red t o l o ca t e, m a rk a n dn a m eth efo llo w in g :
Mountains, Peaks and Plateaus: H i m a l a ya s, A ra va l i , V i n dh ya s, S a t p u ra , W est ern a n d E a st ern G h a t s,
O
N i l g i ri s, M o u n t K a n ch en j u n g a . D ecca n P l a t ea u , C h o t a N a g p u r P l a t ea u .
Plains: G a n g et i c P l a i n s a n d C o a st a l p l a i n s – ( K o n ka n , M a l a b a r, C o ro m a n del )
G
Desert: T h a r ( T h e G rea t I n di a n D esert )

Rivers: I n du s, J h el u m , S a t l u j , G a n g a , Y a m u n a , K o si , C h a m b a l , B et w a , B ra h m a p u t ra , N a rm a da , T a p t i ,
M a h a n a di , G o da va ri , K ri sh n a , C a u veri , T u n g a b h a dra .
W a t er B o di es: G u l f o f K u t ch , G u l f o f K h a m b h a t , A n da m a n S ea , C h i l ka L a ke .
Pass: K a ra ko ra m .
Longitude: S t a n da rd M eri di a n ( 8 2 ° 3 0 ’ E ) .
Direction of Winds: S o u t h W est M o n so o n s ( A ra b i a n S ea a n d B a y o f B en g a l B ra n c h es) , N o rt h E a st
M o n so o n s.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Distrib ution of Minerals: O i l - M u m b a i H i g h ( O f f sh o re O i l F i el d) , C o a l – Jh a ri a .

S oil Distrib ution – A l l u vi a l a n d B l a ck S o il.
C ities - D el h i , M u m b a i , K o l ka t a , C h en n a i a n d A l l a h a b a d.
Population - D i st ri b u t i o n o f P o p u l a t i o n ( D en se a n d sp a rse) .
PART II – GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA

3 . Lo ca t io n , Ex t en t a n d Ph y s ica l f ea t u res
N
• P osi tion and xtent of India. (through Map only).
• The physical fe ature s of India mountains, plateaus, plains and rivers. (through Map only).
HA
4 . Cl im a t e
D ist rib ution of Temperature, Rainfall, winds in Summer and inter and factors affecting the climate of the
AS
area. Monsoon and its mechanism. Seasons: March to May Summer une to September Monsoon
ctober to ovember - Retreating Monsoon. December to F e b ruary inter. Study of climatic data.
AK
5 . So il Res o u rces
• Types of soil (alluvial, black, red and laterite), distribution, composition and characteristics such as
colour, texture, minerals and crops associated.
PR
• Soil rosion meaning, agents (water and wind), types (sheet and gully erosion) causes.
• Soil conservation - M e aning and methods (terrace farming, crop rotation, planting of shelter belts
and afforestation).
RS
6 . Na t u ra l V eg et a t io n
• Importance of forests.
HE
• Types of vegetation (tropical evergreen, tropical deciduous, tropical desert, littoral and mountain),
distribution and correlation with their environment.
OT
• orest conservation - meaning and methods (afforestation, reafforestation, social forestry, and farm
f ore st ry)
7 . W a t er Res o u rces
BR
• Sources (Surface water and ground water).

• eed for conservation and conservation practices (Rain water harvesting and its importance).
• Irrigation: Importance and methods (wells, canals, tanks, drip irrigation, sprinkler irrigation - area,
L
conditions and advantages).

YA
8 . M in era l a n d En erg y Res o u rces
• Iron ore, Manganese, Copper uses and their distribution.

O
• Conventional Sources: Coal, etroleum, atural gas (distribution, advantages and disadvantages).
G
• ydel power ( hakra angal Dam and irakud) location and State benefitted.
• on-conventional Sources: Solar, wind, nuclear and biogas (location and advantages).
9 . Ag ricu l t u re
• Indian griculture importance, problems and reforms.

• gricultural seasons (rabi, kharif, ayad).
• Climatic conditions, soil requirements, methods of cultivation, processing and distribution of the
f ol l ow ing cr op s:
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
- rice , w h e at and p ulses.

- Sugarcane and oilseeds (groundnut and mustard).
- Cotton and tea.
1 0 . M a n u f a ct u rin g In d u s t ries
Importance and classification
• gro based Industry - Sugar, Textile (Cotton).
• Mineral based Industry Iron Steel (Tata Steel, Rourkela), etro Chemical and lectronics.
N
1 1 . Tra n s p o rt
HA
Importance and Modes Roadways ( ational and State highways, olden quadrilateral, S corridor),
Railways, irways and aterways - dvantages and disadvantages.
AS
1 2 . W a s t e M a n a g em en t
• N e e d f or waste management.
• Methods of safe disposal - segregation, dumping and composting.
AK
• eed and methods for reducing, reusing and recycling waste.
BIF URCATED SYLLABUS PR

( s per the Reduced Syllabus for academic ear - )
RS
SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
(Marks: 40) (Marks: 40)
HE
UNIT NAME OF THE UNIT UNIT NAME OF THE UNIT

NO. NO.
1. Interpretation of Topographical 2. Map of India
OT
Maps (Complete Unit)

(Complete Unit)
BR
3. Location, Extent and Physical 8. Minerals and Energy Resources

Features (through map only – not (Complete Unit)
to be tested)
L
4. Climate 9. Agriculture
YA
(Complete Unit) (Complete Unit)

5. Soil Resources 10. Manufacturing Industries
O

Natural Vegetation Transport
G
6. 11.
7. Water Resources 12. Waste Management
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
CONTENTS
SECTION A : Q UESTION BANK
UNIT 2 : Maps of India
N
1. Maps of India ... ... ... 1–10
UNIT 8 : Minerals and Energy Resources
HA
2. Minerals and Energy Resources - I ... ... ... 11–16
3. Minerals and Energy Resources - II ... ... ... 17–29
AS
UNIT 9 : Agriculture
4. Agriculture in India – I : Introduction ... ... ... 30–36
AK
5. Agriculture in India – II : Food Crops ... ... ... 37–45
6. Agriculture in India – III : Cash Crops PR ... ... ... 46–58
UNIT 10 : Manufacturing Industries
7. Manufacturing Industries in India – Agro-based ... ... ... 59–67
8. Manufacturing Industries in India –I : Mineral-based ... ... ... 68–78
RS
UNIT 11 : Transport
9. Transport ... ... ... 79–89
HE
UNIT 12 : Waste Management

10. Waste Management — Impact of Waste Accumulation ... ... ... 90–98
OT
11. Waste Generation and Management - Methods of Safe

Disposal of Waste ... ... ... 99–102
BR
SECTION B : SPECIM EN Q UESTION PAPER

[ Rel ea s ed b y CISCE f o r Sem es t er- 2 Ex a m in a t io n t o b e h el d in M a rch - Ap ril , 2 0 2 2 ]
Specimen Question Paper (Solved) ... ... ... 103–108

L

YA
SECTION C : M ODEL TEST PAPERS

[ Ba s ed o n t h e La t es t Sp ecim en Q u es t io n Pa p er rel ea s ed b y CISCE]
O
Model Test Paper 1 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 109–110

G

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 2 : Map of India
1 Map of India
Map Pointing Skills–GUIDELINES
N
1. Mountains and Plateaus :
(a) To be marked in Brown colour with a single line.
HA
(b) Direction of the mountain should be kept in mind.
(c) No mountains to be marked intersecting a river, eg., Eastern Ghats should not be marked between rivers
Krishna and Godavari.
(d) Western Ghats must not touch the coastline; the same applies to the Eastern Ghats.
AS
2. Plains :
(a) To be marked in yellow colour.
(b) The extent of the plains should not exceed the 'limit'.
AK
(c) The coastal plains should not be marked inside the Coast but bracketed and labeled within the limits.
3. Rivers :
(a) To be marked in Blue colour labeled 'on' the Curve of the river and not 'under'.
4. Water bodies :
PR
(a) To be coloured within the 'limit' and the arrow should be marked accordingly.
5. Passes :
(a) To be marked using the symbol in red colour.
6. Latitudes and Longitudes :
RS
(a) To be marked in broken lines using red colour.
(b) Should be labeled in degrees (°), 23½ °N for Latitude (Tropic of Cancer) and 82½ °E for Longitude (Standard
meridian).
HE
7. Direction of Monsoon winds :

(a) To be marked in blue colour arrows.
(b) South West Monsoon from South West to North East (June – September)
(c) Retreating Monsoon from North East to South West (October – November)
OT
(d) North East Monsoon from North East to South West (December – February)
8. Distribution of Minerals :
(a) Only 3 minerals have to be marked for Board exams, i.e. iron ore, coal and oil field.
(b) Mumbai High (Offshore oilfield in Arabian sea should not touch the coast). Digboi is onshore oil field.
BR
(c) Iron ore in Singhbum and Coal in Jharia.

9. Soil Distribution :
(a) Soils should be marked in a small area as per following colours–
(i) Alluvial Soil : Brown (ii) Laterite Soil : Reddish brown
L
(iii) Black Soil : Black (iv) Red Soil : Red

YA
(b) They should be shaded only in a small area, as per the question asked.
(c) One must learn one area above the Tropic of Cancer (North) and one area South of the Tropic of Cancer, for
all the soils.
10. Towns :
O
(a) Only 10 towns to be marked, as given in the syllabus.

(b) They must be marked with a red dot on the Coast and not in the Ocean (for ports).
G
11. Population :
(a) The distribution of population as per density to be marked as one point in North India and one point in South India.
Please note :
l The map pointing should be strictly as per the question asked in the Board exam. No additional information need
to be done for map pointing.
l Appropriate pencil colours must be used. No Crayon or Sketch pens should be used.
l Use of Arrows give most specific and exact location in map pointing. Arrow head to be pointed towards the feature.
l While labeling and marking, one must keep in mind, whether the 'Area' or the 'State' is asked in the question.
l If only marking is done and not labeled, no marks are given.
l All marking in the map should be done with reference to the Rivers.
Goyal’s ICSE Geography Question Bank with MTP Class 10 for Semester-2 Examination 1
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Q UEST IO N B A NK
M ap Pr ac ti c e ( S olve d )
1 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :
( a) D raw th e m e ridian acco rding to w h ich I S T is m e asu re d. ( 1)
(b ) L ab e l th e rive r K rish na. ( 1)
( c) S h ade and l ab e l an are a of b l ack so il in th e S outh I ndia. ( 1)
N
( d) S h ade and l ab e l th e G ul f of K h am b at. ( 1)
(e ) S h ade and l ab e l an al l uvi al so il are a in P e ninsu l ar I ndia. ( 1)
HA
(f) M ark and l ab e l th e K onka n C oast . ( 1)
(g ) M ark w ith arrow s th e dire ct ion of A rab ian S e a b ranch of S outh W e st M onso on W inds. ( 1)
(h ) S h ade and l ab e l th e W e st e rn G h ats. ( 1)
( i) S h ade and nam e a de nse l y p op ul ate d are a. ( 1)
AS
( ) Mark the haria Coal-field. ( )
AK
1°
82 2 E
(a) Standard Meridian
PR
RS
HE
OT
Black
Soil
(c)
BR
(d)
GULF OF
KHAMBAT
L
YA
O
G
2 Goyal’s ICSE Geography Question Bank with MTP Class 10 for Semester-2 Examination
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
2. O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

( a) M ark and l ab e l G re at H im al ayas. ( 1)
( b ) L ab e l th e rive r N arm ada. ( 1)
( c) S h ade and nam e L ake C h il ka . ( 1)
( d) M ark and nam e th e A rava l i M ountains. ( 1)
( e ) M ark and nam e th e K arako ram P ass. ( 1)
( f ) S h ade and nam e a de nse l y p op ul ate d st ate in S outh I ndia. ( 1)
N
( g ) S h ade and nam e a re g ion w ith b l ack so il . ( 1)
HA
( h ) M ark w ith a dot and nam e A l l ah ab ad. ( 1)
( i) M ark and nam e th e w inds w h ich b ring rain in w inte r to th e C orom ande l C oast . ( 1)
( ) Mark and label haria coal field. ( )
AS
N
KARAKORAM PASS
(e)
AK
PR
(a) GREAT HIMALAYAS
RS
ts
M I
AL
ALLAHABAD
HE
ARAV
(d) (h)
23½°N
OT
(b)
MADA
R. NAR
BLACK
BR
SOIL (g) LAKE CHILKA

(c)
L
YA
(i)
G
NS TIN
N
EA
O
O
TR
RE
O
M
O
KERALA
G
(Densely populated
state in S. India)
(f)
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) M ark and nam e C h e nnai. ( 1)
( b ) L ab e l th e rive r G odava ri. ( 1)
( c) S h ade and l ab e l th e C h h ota N ag p ur P l ate au. ( 1)
( d) S h ade and nam e th e G ul f of K uch ch . ( 1)
( e ) M ark and nam e th e I ndo- G ang e tic P l ains. ( 1)
( f ) M ark and l ab e l K arako ram P ass. ( 1)
( g ) M ark and nam e th e w inds w h ich b ring rain to M um b ai in Jul y and A ug ust . ( 1)
N
( h ) M ark and nam e th e S atp ura R ang e . ( 1)
HA
( i) M ark and nam e th e Jh aria C oal F ie l d. ( 1)
( j ) M ark and l ab e l M um b ai. ( 1)
AS
N
(f) KARAKORAM PASS
AK
PR
INDO-GANGETIC
PLAINS
(e)
RS
HE
CHHOTA
OT
NAGPUR
(c)
NGE JHARIA
GULF RA RA COAL FIELD
OF (d) SATPU (h)
(j) (i)
BR
KUCHCH R. GO
DAVA
RI
MUMBAI (b)
O N
SW SEA
SO
L MO
N
IA
YA AR
AB
OF
(g)
CH
CHENNAI
AN
(a)
BR
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) D raw , nam e and num b e r th e S tandard M e ridian. ( 1)
( b ) L ab e l th e rive r Y am una. ( 1)
( c) S h ade and nam e th e G ul f of K h am b h at. ( 1)
( d) S h ade and l ab e l th e G re at I ndian D e se rt. ( 1)
( e ) M ark and nam e C h e nnai. ( 1)
( f ) S h ade and nam e a sp arse l y p op ul ate d S tate in N orth e ast I ndia. ( 1)
N
( g ) S h ade and l ab e l a re g ion w h ich h as so il ide al f or co tton cu l tiva tion. ( 1)
( h ) S h ade and l ab e l A ndam an S e a. ( 1)
HA
( i) M ark and nam e th e w inds th at b ring rain to W e st B e ng al in su m m e r. ( 1)
( j ) M ark and l ab e l V indh yas m ountains ( 1)
AS
1
82 2 °E N
(STANDARD MERIDIAN)
(a)
AK
PR
(f)
R.
YA
RS
(b)
M UN
(d) SPARSELY
POPULATED
A
GREAT INDIA
STATE
DESERT
HE
(j) VINDHYA MOUNTAINS

OT
BLACK SOIL
(g)
BR
GULF (c)
OF
KHAMBHAT
L
N
YA
OO
MO L
NS
SW NGA
ADAMAN SEA
(e) CHENNA
OF BE
(h)
CH OF
O
(i)
Y
BA
AN
G
BR
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) M ark and nam e th e N il g iris. ( 1)
( b ) S h ade and m ark G ul f of K utch . ( 1)
( c) S h ade and l ab e l th e M al ab ar C oast al P l ains. ( 1)
( d) L ab e l R ive r T ung ab h adra. ( 1)
( e ) S h ade and nam e th e A ndam an S e a. ( 1)
( f ) M ark and nam e A l l ah ab ad. ( 1)
( g ) M ark w ith a si ng l e arrow and nam e th e w inds th at b ring w inte r rain to north - w e st I ndia. ( 1)
N
( h ) M ark and nam e M um b ai H ig h . ( 1)
HA
( i) S h ade and nam e th e st ate w ith h ig h e st de nsi ty of p op ul ation. ( 1)
( j ) M ark and nam e th e K arako ram P ass. ( 1)
AS
KARAKORAM PASS N
(j)
AK
PR
WESTERN
DISTURBANCE
(g)
RS
(i) BIHAR
HE
ALLABAHAD
(f)
(b)
OT
GULF
OF
BR
KUCHCH
(h)
MUMBAI
HIGH
RA
AD
L
H
AB
NG
YA
TU (d)
R.
(c)
ANDA
MALABAR
COASTAL
O
PLAINS NILGIRI
M
HILLS (a)
AN SE
(e)
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) D raw and num b e r th e S tandard M e ridian of I ndia. ( 1)
(b ) L ab e l th e rive r M ah anadi. ( 1)
( c) M ark and nam e L ake C h il ka . ( 1)
( d) S h ade and nam e th e G ul f of K utch . ( 1)
(e ) M ark and nam e th e V indh ya M ountains. ( 1)
(f) S h ade and nam e a sp arse l y p op ul ate d re g ion in w e ts e rn I ndia. ( 1)
(g ) S h ade a re g ion w ith al l uvi al s oil in S outh I ndia. ( 1)
N
(h ) M ark and nam e K ol ka ta. ( 1)
HA
( i) M ark w ith arrow s and nam e S outh W e st M onso on w inds ove r th e B ay of B e ng al . ( 1)
( j) M ark and nam e M um b ai H ig h . ( 1)
AS
1
82 2 °E N
STANDARD MERIDIAN OF
(a) INDIA
AK
PR
RS
SPARSELY
POPULATED
(f) REGION
HE
IN WESTERN
INDIA
GE
RAN
HYA
(d) VIND
OT
(e) KOLKATA
R. M (h)
AH
AN
GULF AD
(b) I
OF KUTCH
BR
LAKE CHILKA
(c)
MUMBAI
HIGH
(j) ALLUVIAL SOIL
IN SOUTH INDIA
(g)
L
N
OO
YA
CH AL
NS
N G
MO
BR BE
AN
F
SW
(i)
YO
O
BA
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) M ark and nam e th e K onka n C oast . ( 1)
(b ) L ab e l th e rive r G odava ri. ( 1)
( c) M ark and nam e rive r I ndus. ( 1)
(d) Mark the coal field in haria. ( )
(e ) M ark w ith an arrow and nam e th e N E m onso on ove r th e B ay of B e ng al . ( 1)
(f) S h ade and nam e th e G ul f of K utc h . ( 1)
(g ) S h ade and nam e th e co ast al p l ain th at re ce ive s rainf al l in O ct ob e r- N ove m b e r. ( 1)
N
(h ) M ark w ith a dot and nam e D e l h i. ( 1)
HA
( i) S h ade a re g ion w ith B l ack C otton S oil . ( 1)
( j) U se an arrow to p oint at a de nse l y p op ul ate d ts ate in S outh I ndia. ( 1)
AS
N
(c)
RI
VE
R
IN
DU
AK
S
PR
DELHI
(h)
RS
HE
BLACK
SOIL REGION
(i)
(f)
OT
(d)
GULF
OF KUTCH (b)
BR
RIVE
R GO
DAVA
RI
OON
O NS
M
(a) E
KONKAN (e) N
L
COAST
YA
COROMANDEL COAST
(g)
O
(j)
G
DENSELY
POPULATED
REGION
IN SOUTH INDIA
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

( a) S h ade and l ab e l T h ar de se rt. ( 1)
(b ) L ab e l th e rive r N arm ada. ( 1)
( c) L ab e l th e rive r K rish na. ( 1)
( d) M ark and l ab e l C h h ota N ag p ur P l ate au. ( 1)
(e ) M ark and nam e M ount K anch e nj ung a. ( 1)
(f) S h ade and l ab e l a de nse l y- p op ul ate d re g ion in I ndia. ( 1)
(g ) S h ade sp arse l y p op ul ate d re g ion in th e N orth - East . ( 1)
N
(h ) M ark w ith a dot th e nam e C h e nnai. ( 1)
HA
( i) M ark and l ab e l th e A rab ian S e a b ranch of S . W . M onso on. ( 1)
( j) M ark K arako ram P ass ( 1)
AS
KARAKORAM PASS N
(j)
AK
PR
DENSELY POPULATED
AREA IN INDIA – BIHAR (f)
MT. KANCHENJUNGA (g)
(e)
RS
THAR DESERT
(a) SPARSELY
POPULATED
STATE
HE
NARMADA
RIVER (d)
(b)
OT
CHHOTA
NAGPUR
BR
RIVER
KRISH
(c) NA
L
YA
(h)
CHENNAI
CH
O
AN
BR
ON
(i)
A
G
SE
SO
ON
N
IA
.M
AB
W
AR
S.
OF
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
9 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d:

( a) M ark and l ab e l th e G re at H im al ayas. ( 1)
(b ) M ark th e ci ty l e ading in j ute te x til e s. ( 1)
( c) M ark and l ab e l G ul f of K h am b at. ( 1)
( d) S h ade and l ab e l W e st e rn G h ats. ( 1)
(e ) S h ade and l ab e l th e rive r C auve ri. ( 1)
(f) M ark and nam e M um b ai H ig h . ( 1)
(g ) S h ade an are a of al l uvi al so il in N orth I ndia. ( 1)
N
(h ) M ark Jh aria co al f ie l ds. ( 1)
( i) S h ade and nam e th e D e ca n P l ate au. ( 1)
HA
( j) S h ade and l ab e l th e rive r Jh e l um . ( 1)
AS
(j) R. Jhelum
AK
(a) Great Himalayas
PR
RS
(g)
Alluvial Soil
HE
in North India
Black (h) Kolkata

Soil Jharia (b)
OT
(c) coal eld

(c)
Gulf of
Khambat
BR
Mumbai Deccan
High (f) Plateau
(i)
(d)
L
YA
Riv
er (e)
Ca
uv
eri
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
L earn @ ` 1 P er Day
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
14 G oy al ’ s I .C .SE . C om m erc ial A pl ic at ions C las s 10 f or Se m ester- 2 E x am inat ion

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
www.goyal-books.com/mtpx
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
SaSa m m p p l l ee o o rr PuPu rch rch a a s s eeor Purchase
o o f f Bo
Bo o o k k s s of Books
WW WW W W . . g g o o y y a a l l - - b b o o o o k k s s . . coco m m / / m m t t p p cxcx
G oy al ’ s I .C .SE www.goyal-books.com/mtpx
. C om
m erc ial A pl ic at ions C las s 10 f or Se m ester- 2 E x am inat ion 15
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 8 : Minerals and Energy Resources
2 Minerals and Energy Resources - I

SUMMARY
N
l Mineral is an element or chemical compound that is normally crystalline and that has been
HA
formed as a result of geological processes, e.g., coal, iron ore, manganese etc.
l Mineral is a natural substance with distinctive chemical and physical properties, composition,
and atomic structure.
AS
l Mineral is extracted in the form of ore from the earth’s crust and processed and used for various
purposes.
l Metallic minerals provide a strong base for the development of metallurgical industry and hence
AK
are vital for the industrialization and economic growth of the country, e.g., iron ore, manganese,
nickel and copper.
l Non-metallic minerals do not contain metals and are found in sedimentary rocks e.g., mica,
limestone, gypsum etc.

PR
l Iron ores are rocks and minerals from which metallic iron can be economically extracted.
l Iron minerals that are at present used as ores are haematite, magnetite, limonite, and siderite.
RS
l Magnetite is the best quality of iron ore and contains 72% of pure iron.
l Magnetite is reddish in colour and has magnetic properties, hence it is called magnetite.
l Haematite contains about 60% to 70% pure iron and it is found in Andhra Pradesh, Telangana,
HE
Jharkhand, Odisha, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka and Maharashtra.

l Limonite (yellow or brown in colour) is inferior in quality and contains 40% to 60% pure iron.
OT
l Siderite an inferior ore has many impurities and has only 10% to 40% pure iron.
l Iron is used mainly for making pig iron, sponge iron and steel.
l Iron and steel together are used widely in the construction of roads, railways, appliances,
BR
buildings, machines, tools, automobiles etc.

l Odisha, Jharkhand, Goa, Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil
Nadu are the important producers of iron ore in India.

l Manganese is a hard brittle silvery metal, often found in minerals in combination with iron.
L
l India ranks third in the world in Manganese production.

YA
l Manganese is the most important mineral for making iron and steel,manufacturing bleaching
powder, insecticides, dry batteries and china clay.

l Odisha is the leading producer of manganese and it is mined in Surdargarh Koraput, Bolangir
O
and Sambalpur Kalahandi, Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj districts.

l Karnataka is the second largest producer of manganese and deposits are found mainly in Tumkur,
G
Ballari, Shivamogga and Chitradurg.

l Copper is in great demand in the industrial field because of its high ductility, and high thermal
and electrical conductivity.

l Copper is mainly used in electrical machinery, automobile industry, stainless steel and telephones,
railway equipment industry and other engineering works.

l Madhya Pradesh has become the largest producer of copper, surpassing, Rajasthan and Jharkhand
in succession, having large deposits in Taregaon area in Balaghat district.

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l In Rajasthan, copper is found at Khetri–S inghara belt in Jhunjhunu district and it is also mined
in Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara and Chittorgarh.
l Jharkhand is the third largest producer of copper in the country.
l In Jharkhand copper is mined in Hazaribagh and Palamu districts.
Q UES T I O N B A N K
A. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS (2 Marks Each)
N
1. Mention the four varieties of iron ore found in India. W hich is considered the best variety of
HA
iron ore?
Ans. F our varieties of iron ore are:
(a) Haemetite (b) Limonite (c) Magnetite (d) Siderite
AS
Best quality of iron ore is Magnetite as it contains 72% of pure iron.
2. W hat are the main uses of lower grade iron ore?
AK
Ans. The lower grade iron ore is compacted and converted into pellets for export. It is also used as
sponge iron for blending with high grade ore.
3. W hy is Manganese important for making iron and steel? How much manganese is required for
manufacturing one tonne of steel?
PR
Ans. Manganese is the most important mineral for making iron and steel. It makes steel strong, removes
impurities and makes it immune to rusting.
Nearly 9 kg manganese is required for manufacturing one tonne of steel.
RS
4. W hich state is the leading producer of manganese in India? Mention the areas producing
manganese in this state.
HE
Ans. Odisha is the leading producer of manganese in India. It is mined in Surdargarh, Koraput,
Bolangir Sambalpur, Kalahandi, Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj districts of Odisha.
5. W hy Siderite is considered an inferior iron ore? Name the states where it is found.
OT
Ans. Siderite is an inferior ore and has many impurities. It has only 10% to 40% pure iron. It is self-
u ing due to presence of lime
BR
It is found in Gujarat, Karnataka, Himachal Pradesh and Rajasthan.

6. W here is copper found in Rajasthan?
Ans. In Rajasthan, copper is found at Khetri–S inghara belt in Jhunjhunu district. It is also mined in
Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara and Chittorgarh.
L
7. State the most important use of the following:

YA
(i) Iron ore (ii) Copper

Ans. (i) Iron-ore is used in steel making, slag is used for cement and sludge for fertilizer.
(ii) Copper is mainly used in electrical machinery, automobile industry, stainless steel and
O
telephones.
G
8. State the uses of steel in India.

Ans. Steel is used in a variety of construction materials such as bolts, nails and screws etc. Other
applications include ship building, pipeline transport, mining, furniture and armour like personal
armour and vehicle armour etc.
9. efine the term roc
Ans. Rocks are combinations or aggregates of minerals in varying proportions. Some rocks consist of
a single mineral, e.g., limestone while most rocks consist of several minerals.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
10. Name four manganese ore-producing states of India.

Ans. The four manganese producing states are
(a) Karnataka (b) Odisha (c) Madhya Pradesh (d) Maharashtra
11. (i) Name two types of Iron ore mined in India.
(ii) State two uses of copper.
Ans. (i) Two types of iron ore mined are, Magnetite and Haematite.
(ii) Two uses of copper are:
N
t is mainly used in electrical machinery and automobile industry
t is idely used for ma ing alloys such as brass and ith tin as bron e
HA
12. Give two advantages that non-conventional energy sources have over conventional energy sources.
Ans. Advantages of non-conventional sources are:
AS
(i) These are renewable sources of energy, e.g., solar energy, wind energy.
(ii) These do not cause any pollution.
13. Name the following:
AK
(i) A metallic mineral for which the Balaghat district of Madhya Pradesh is famous.
(ii) The mineral that toughens steel and makes it rust-proof.
Ans. (i) Manganese PR
(ii) Manganese
14. Give reasons for the following:
(i) Copper is used to make electric wires.
RS
(ii) Minerals are non-renewable resources.

Ans. (i) Copper is used to make electric wires because it is a good conductor of electricity.
HE
(ii) Minerals are non-renewable resources because they are exhaustible and it is not easy to
replace them.
15. W hich is the largest manganese mine in India?
OT
Ans. Balaghat Mine is the largest mine in India, which is endowed with rich stores of manganese and
copper. It is also the deepest underground manganese mine in Asia.
BR
16. W hich variety of iron ore is found in Odisha Jharkhand Belt?

Ans. In Odisha Jharkhand Belt a high grade of hematite ore is found in Badampahar mines in
Mayurbhanj and Kendujhar districts. In Singhbhum district hematite ore is mined in Gua and
Noamundi.
L
17. W hat is the status of iron ore in India?

YA
Ans. In India, Odisha is the leading state in the production of iron ore. It accounts for more than
5% of the total production followed by Chhattisgarh producing almost 17%. This is followed
by Karnataka and Jharkhand producing 14% and 11% respectively.
O
B. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS (3 Marks Each)

G
1. State the reason for Magnetite being considered as the best quality of iron ore. Name the state
where it is found.
Ans. Magnetite is considered the best quality of iron ore because:
(a) It contains 72% of pure iron.
(b) It is reddish in colour and has magnetic properties, hence it is called magnetite.
(c) Magnetite variety of iron ore is found in Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and
Karnataka.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
2. ns er the gi en uestions brie y

(i) W hat are the properties of limonite variety of iron ore?
(ii) In which states limonite is found?
(iii) W hat is the main use of limonite?
Ans. (i) Limonite is yellow or brown in colour and contains 40% to 60% pure iron. It is inferior in
quality.
(ii) It is found in Raniganj, (W .B.) U ttar Pradesh, U ttarakhand and Himachal Pradesh (in Kangra
V alley).
N
(iii) Limonite is used as a pigment in the manufacture of paints.
HA
3. State the three main uses of copper.
Ans. Three main uses of copper are:
a t is in great demand in the industrial field because of its high ductility, and high thermal
AS
and electrical conductivity.
(b) It is mainly used in electrical machinery, automobile industry, stainless steel and telephones.
(c) It is also used in railway equipment industry and other engineering works.
AK
4. Give the distribution of manganese in the following states:
(i) Odisha (ii) Karnataka (iii) Maharashtra
Ans. (i) Odisha is the leading producer of manganese and it is mined in Surdargarh, Koraput, Bolangir,
PR
Sambalpur, Kalahandi, Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj districts.
(ii) Karnataka is the second largest producer and deposits are found mainly in Tumkur, Ballari,
Shivamogga and Chitradurg.
RS
(iii) In Maharashtra, the main belt is in Nagpur, Bhandara and Ratnagiri districts. The manganese
found here is of high quality and is in great demand.
5. State the main uses of iron ore.
HE
Ans. (i) The primary use of iron ore is in the production of iron. Most of the iron produced is used
to make pig iron, sponge iron and steel.
OT
(ii) Steel is used to make automobiles, locomotives, ships, beams used in buildings, furniture,
paper clips, tools, reinforcing rods for concrete, bicycles, and thousands of other items.
(iii) Iron and steel together form the largest manufactured products in the world. It is used widely
BR
in construction of roads, railways, appliances, buildings, machines, tools and automobiles.

6. Name the three states in India where iron ore is found.
Ans. India has the world’s largest reserves of iron, i.e., approximately 6.6% of world’s known reserves.
Most of the iron ore of India comes from peninsular India. D istribution of iron ore is as follows:
L
(i) Karnataka has large reserves of magnetite and haematite. The important deposits are found
YA
in Ballari, Hospet, and Sandur in Bellari district. Babu Budon hills and Kudremukh are
important mining areas in Chikkomagaluru district. Chitradurgga, Shivamogga and Tumkur
districts also produce iron ore.
O
(ii) Chhattisgarh is a major producer of iron ore in India. The deposits are found in D urg and
astar districts alli and a hara iron ore fields and ailadila are the ma or mining areas
G
where good quality haematite iron ore is found.

(iii) Odisha is the largest producer of iron ore. Here good quality haematite is mined in the districts
of Sundergarh, Mayurbhanj, Keonjhar, Cuttack, and Koraput districts. Also, Badampahar,
urumahisani, irburu, ohnai, ulaipet and mar ot are important iron ore fields
7. Name the three states where copper is found.
Ans. D istribution of copper in India is as follows:
(i) In India, Madhya Pradesh has become the largest producer, surpassing, Rajasthan and
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Jharkhand in succession. It produces nearly 57% of the total production in the country. The
state has a large deposit of copper in Taregaon area in Balaghat district.
(ii) In Rajasthan, copper is found at Khetri–S inghara belt in Jhunjhunu district. It is also mined
in Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara and Chittorgarh.
(iii) Jharkhand is the third largest producer state of copper in the country. Copper is mined in
Hazaribagh and Palamu districts.
8. W hat are the important uses of manganese in India?
N
Ans. Manganese is the most important mineral for making iron and steel. Nearly 9 kg manganese is
required for manufacturing one tonne of steel. Its other important uses are stated below:
HA
(i) It is used for manufacturing bleaching powder, insecticides, dry batteries and china clay.
(ii) It makes steel strong, removes impurities and makes it immune to rusting.
(iii) It is used in creating an alloy with aluminium to produce a metal that is resistant to corrosion.
AS
9. tate brie y the distribution of manganese in ndia
Ans. Main areas of manganese are:
AK
(i) Odisha is the leading producer and it is mined in Surdargarh, Koraput, Bolangir, Sambalpur
Kalahandi, Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj districts.
(ii) Karnataka is the second largest producer and deposits are found mainly in Tumkur, Ballari,
Shivamogga and Chitradurg.
PR
(iii) In Madhya Pradesh the main belt where manganese is found is in Chhindwara and Balaghat
district.
RS
10. Mention any three major iron ore belts of India.

Ans. The three major ironore belts of India are as follows:
disha har hand belt
HE
urg astar Chandrapur belt in Chhattisgarh and aharashtra

ellary Chitradurga Chi maglur um ur belt in arnata a
OT
11. W rite any three characteristics of the southern-most iron ore belt.
Bellary-Chitradurga-Chikmaglur-Tumkur belt is the southern-most iron ore belt.
Characteristics:
BR
his belt in arnata a has large reser es of iron ore

udremu h mines in the estern hats are no n to be one of the largest in the orld
udremu h is a per cent e port unit and the ore is transported as slurry through a
L
pipeline to a port near Mangalore.

YA
12. (i) State two main properties of magnetite iron ore.

(ii) W here is manganese mined in Karnataka?
(iii) Name the manganese ore producing state of India.
O
Ans. (i) Magnetite is the best quality of iron ore and contains 72% of pure iron. It is called magnetite
because:
G
t is reddish in colour
t has magnetic properties
(ii) Karnataka is the second largest producer of manganese with about 3 0% production. It is mined in
north Canara, V ijapura, Chikkamagaluru, Ballari, Shivamogga, Chitradurg and Tumakuru districts.
(iii) The four manganese producing states are, Karnataka, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh and
Maharashtra.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
13. Give geographical reasons for the following:

(i) Minerals are important in our daily life.
(ii) Anthracite is used for domestic purposes.
(iii) Copper is considered an important mineral.
Ans. (i) Minerals are important because availability of them effects the development of a country.
Agriculture is also affected by the availability of minerals in the form of fertilisers.
(ii) Anthracite is used for domestic purposes as it has very high carbon content and emits very
N
less smoke.
(iii) Copper is considered an important mineral because it is used in electrical machinery,
HA
automobile industry, stainless steel and telephones.
14. State three uses of copper as a mineral.
Ans. Three main uses of copper are as follows:
AS
(i) Most copper mined today is used to conduct electricity – mostly as wiring.
(ii) It is also an excellent conductor of heat and is used in cooking utensils, heat sinks, and heat
AK
exchangers.
(iii) Large amounts are also used to make alloys such as brass (copper and zinc) and bronze
(copper, tin, and zinc).
PR
15. State any three characteristics of copper.
Ans. Some basic characteristics of copper are the following:
(i) Copper readily forms alloys with other metals.
RS
(ii) It is soft, malleable, ductile, and an excellent conductor of heat and electricity, and it resists
corrosion.
HE
(iii) In terms of industrial use, copper ranks third, behind iron and aluminum.
16. W hat are the uses of manganese?
Ans. Properties of manganese are:
OT
(i) It is used in making iron and steel.

(ii) It is used for manufacturing bleaching powder, dry batteries and clay.
(iii) It makes steel strong removes inpurities makes it immune to rusting.
BR
17. Mention the variety of iron ore found in India.

Ans. India has large iron ore reserves. It occurs in various geological formations but major economic
deposits are found in volcano-sedimentary Banded Iron F ormation (BIF ).
L
(i) Magnetite is the best quality of iron ore and contains 72% of pure iron.
YA
(ii) Haematite contains 60%-70% pure iron.

(iii) Limonite is inferior in quality and contains 40%–60% pure iron.
O
18. Name any three types of Coal found in India. W hich type of Coal is mostly used in Iron and
Steel industries.
G
Ans. (i) Bituminous (ii) Anthracite (iii) lignite

Bituminous coal is used in Iron and steel industries.
v v v
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
3 Minerals and Energy Resources - II

SUMMARY
N
l E nergy is an essential input for industrial and economic development and for improving the
standard of living.
HA
l E nergy output is obtained from commercial sources like coal, petroleum and electricity.
l In the 21st century, human race has woken up to the hazards of Global warming, depleting
mineral resources and need to cut down carbon emissions.
AS
l The energy sources which cannot be compensated, once these are used (after their exploitation)
are termed as conventional energy sources, e.g., coal, petroleum and natural gas.
AK
l Coal is a con entional source of energy and an in ammable organic substance composed of
hydrocarbons found in sedimentary rocks.
l D epending upon the percentage of carbon present, four varieties of coal are, anthracite,
l
bituminous, lignite and peat. PR
Anthracite is the best quality of coal and contains over 80% carbon and it is hard, compact and
black in colour, found only in Jammu and Kashmir in small quantity.
RS
l he calorific alue of bituminous coal bro n coal of inferior uality is ery high due to high
proportion of carbon and low moisture content.
l Bituminous coal is friable in nature and contains more of moisture and less of combustible matter.
HE
l eat is the first stage of transformation of ood to coal

l It contains about 50% -60% carbon and emits more smoke and leaves lot of ash after burning.
OT
l In India, Jharkhand, Odisha, W est Bengal and Madhya Pradesh account for nearly 90% of coal
reserves.
l Coal is used in generation of electric power for mineral-based industries like iron and steel and
BR
cement industries.
l ond ana coal fields of coal are located in har hand, Chhattisgarh, disha, est engal and
Maharashtra.
L
l ertiary coal fields are ne and mostly consist of lignite and peat ha ing less carbon content
hence are of poor quality.
YA
l Burning coal emits harmful wastes such as carbon dioxide, sulphuric acid, arsenic, ash, nitrogen
oxide and sulphur dioxide.
O
l Petroleum also called mineral oil, is the oil obtained from rocks particularly sedimentary rocks
of the E arth.
G
l Petroleum and petroleum products are mainly used as locomotive power.

l Petroleum emits very little smoke and leaves no ash and can be used to the last drop.
l It provides the most important lubricating agents and is used as an important raw material for
various petrochemical products.
l il as first disco ered in ndia, at a um in the north east part of ssam, in
l ineral oil is the main source of many products li e petrol, erosene and diesel oil, paraffin
wax, vaseline and benzene and also used for making paints, medicines, plastic and fertilizers.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l The main areas of mineral oil deposits are –

(i) Offshore sea at Mumbai High, Bassein and Aliabet.
(ii) D igboi, Naharkatiya, Rudra Sagar and Nunmati in Assam.
iii n u arat, n lesh ar, oyali, alol and a gaon are the important oilfields
(iv) Others are Kosamber, Mehsana, D holka and Lunej.
l ilfields of ndia are of t o types, namely on shore oil fields and off shore oil fields i e , n
shore il fields in orth astern ndia, n shore il fields in estern ndia, n shore il fields
in outhern ndia, ombay igh ffshore oil field
N
l Petroleum is a fossil fuel that accumulates in porous rocks from fossils of plants, animals and
HA
other organisms that lived millions of years ago.
l Natural gas is a gas consisting primarily of Methane and created in two primary ways i.e.,
Biogenic mechanism and Thermogenic gas.
AS
l he as uthority of ndia td is doing pioneer or in the field of natural gas
exploration.
l About 65 % gas comes from Mumbai High, and the rest 35% is produced by Assam, Tamil Nadu,
AK
Tripura and Bassein.
l atural gas is a cheaper rene able resource and can be created in the landfills from degradable
matter in trash.
PR
l atural gas can be efficiently and safely stored and li e other fossil fuels, natural gas still does
create green-house gas emissions.
l Natural gas is highly volatile and can be dangerous if handled or transported carelessly.
RS
l atural gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless hich ma es its lea detection difficult
l Three types of electricity is recognized depending on the raw material used and mode of
HE
production, viz, (i) Hydroelectricity, (ii) Thermal E lectricity (including steam, gas and oil) and
(iii)Nuclear E lectricity.
l E lectricity generated from the force of water falling from a height is called hydroelectricity.
OT
l Hydroelectricity is renewable, cheap, clean and environmentally benign source of energy and
will be available to us in the future.
l Hydel power is inexhaustible and renewable source of power whereas coal – the major factor
BR
in thermal power – is exhaustible and non-renewable.

l A multipurpose project is a large-scale hydro project often including dams for water retention,
canals for irrigation, water processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
L
l multipurpose pro ect on a ri er alley is started to pro ide manifold benefits simultaneously
YA
relating to the developmental work in a region.

l The Bhakra Nangal project, the largest multipurpose project of India, commissioned in 1963, is
a joint venture of Punjab, Haryana and Rajasthan Governments.
O
l Bhakra Nangal D am is constructed across the river Sutlej at the site of Bhakra Gorge in the
Siwaliks about 80km north of Ambala city.
G
l Main purpose of the project is generation of hydroelectric power.

l E lectricity is supplied to Punjab, Haryana, parts of Rajasthan and D elhi for industrial, agricultural
and domestic uses.
l Hirakud D am also called Mahanadi River Project, was built (in 1953) across the Mahanadi river,
about 15 km from Sambalpur in the state of Odisha in India.
l Hirakud project makes valuable contribution to the industrial development of Odisha as the area
is very rich in mineral resources like iron, bauxite and manganese etc.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l ther benefits of ira ud pro ect are soil conser ation in the ahanadi alley, fish culture and
water sports.
l Nuclear energy is the energy that holds neutrons and protons and can be used to produce
electricity.
l The main raw materials used for generation of atomic energy is U ranium, Plutonium, Beryllium
and Thorium.
l he first nuclear po er station as de eloped in arapur in
N
l The other plants are located at Kalpakkam in Tamil Nadu, Rana Pratap Sagar in Kota, Narora
in U ttar Pradesh and Kakrapara near Surat in Gujarat.
HA
l The generation of power electricity through nuclear energy reduces the amount of energy
generated from fossil fuels (coal and oil).
l Less use of fossil fuel lowers the greenhouse gas emissions (CO2 and others) hence helps in
AS
reducing pollution.
l The waste produced by nuclear reactors needs to be disposed off at a safe place since they are
extremely hazardous.
AK
l The sun, water and wind have been the in-exhaustible sources of energy, also known as Non-
conventional or Alternative sources of energy for time immemorial.
l
is no fear of their getting exhausted or depleted.

PR
These sources of energy are available freely and in abundance and they are renewable so there
l They are environment friendly and do not produce any waste or cause pollution.
RS
l Sun is the primary source of energy and it provides us enormous amounts of energy in the form
of solar radiation reaching the surface of the E arth.
l W ind is another important source of non-conventional energy.
HE
l F or long, energy from wind has been utilized to produce mechanical energy from windmills used
for pumping and running our mills
l he first ind farms in ndia ere installed in in coastal regions of amil adu, u arat,
OT
Maharashtra and Odisha.

l Biogas (or gobar gas) is based on the use of dung to produce gas which is used as domestic
BR
fuel and for lighting streets and homes, especially in rural areas.
l This technique is based on the decomposition of organic matter in the absence of air to yield
gas consisting of methane (55% ) and carbon dioxide (45% ) which can be used as a source of
energy.
L
l The rise and fall of the surface water of the oceans due to gravitational pull of the moon and
YA
sun is called tide.

l In India the Gulf of Kutch provides ideal conditions for exploiting tidal energy for generation
of power.
O
l Tidal energy is renewable and environment friendly because it does not take up a lot of space
and does not emit any greenhouse gases.
G
l But the turbine frames may potentially disrupt the natural movement, marine animals and the
construction of the hole plant may also disturb the migration of fish
l The energy derived by exploiting this phenomenon, or the internal heat of the E arth, is known
as Geothermal energy.
l Two experimental projects to develop this form of energy have been set up, one in Parvati valley
in Himachal Pradesh and the other in Pupa valley in Ladakh.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
1. W hat is meant by conventional sources of energy?
Ans. Conventional sources of energy are those energies that have been predominantly in use from time
immemorial. They are non-renewable in nature. Once a sample of conventional energy source is
used up, it cannot be used again.
F ossil fuels are the main sources of conventional energy. They include petroleum, coal and natural
N
gas.
HA
2. W hy energy is important? How is it obtained?
Ans. E nergy is an essential input for industrial and economic development and for improving the
standard of living. E nergy output is obtained from commercial sources like coal, petroleum and
AS
electricity.
3. List two main disadvantages of conventional sources of energy.
Ans. (i) Conventional sources of energy are exhaustible.
AK
(ii) They cause pollution when used as they emit smoke and ash.
4. List two main advantages of conventional sources of energy.
Ans. i hese are highly efficient and are used for home as ell as commercial purposes
PR
(ii) These are easily available in abundance throughout the year.
5. o ill you define coal
Ans. Coal is a con entional source of energy t is an in ammable organic substance composed of
RS
hydrocarbons found in sedimentary rocks.

6. State two main advantages of coal.
HE
Ans. Two main advantages of coal are:

(i) Primary source of energy: In India, coal is the main source of power generation. Most of the
industries, e.g., iron and steel and variety of chemical industries depend upon the availability
OT
of coal for their intake of power.

ii asy to burn Coal has a high calorific alue and therefore e get more energy by burning
a small quantity of coal as compared to other sources.
BR
7. W hich state has the largest reserves of coal in India?

Ans. n ndia, har hand has the largest reser es of coal he main coalfields are haria,
Bokaro, Giridih and Karanpura.
L
8. (i) Name one fossil fuel and mention an area where it is found.
(ii) Give one disadvantage of using the fossil fuel mentioned.
YA
Ans. (i) Coal is a fossil fuel. It is found in Jharkhand (Jharia and Bokaro).
(ii) Burning coal emits harmful wastes such as carbon dioxide, sulphuric acid, ash etc. leading
to pollution.
O
9. W hich is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India? Name its four major forms.
G
Ans. Coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India. Its four major forms are:
(i) Anthracite (ii) Lignite (iii) Bituminous (iv) Peat
10. State any two characteristics of anthracite coal.
Ans. Anthracite is the best quality of coal and contains over 80% carbon. It is hard, compact and
black in colour. It is found only in Jammu and Kashmir in small quantity.
11. (i) Name one fossil fuel which is considered environment friendly.
(ii) W hich is the main source of energy in India?
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. (i) Natural gas is considered environment friendly.

(ii) The main source of energy in India is fossil fuel especially coal.
12. Classify energy resources into two categories. Give two examples of each.
Ans. nergy resources can be classified as con entional and non con entional sources
Con entional sources include fire ood, cattle dung ca e, coal, petroleum, natural gas, etc
Non-conventional sources include—s olar, wind, tidal, geothermal energy and biogas.
13. (i) Name any two most important coal producing states of India.
N
(ii) W hat is Anthracite?
Ans. (i) Important coal producing states are (1) Jharkhand, (2) Odisha and (3) W est Bengal.
HA
(ii) Anthracite is the highest quality of hard coal.
i he calorific alue of bituminous coal is ery high
AS
(ii) Natural gas is a cheap source of energy.
Ans. i he calorific alue of bituminous coal is ery high due to high proportion of carbon and lo
AK
moisture content.
ii atural gas is a cheap source of energy because it can be created in the landfills from
degradable matter in trash.
15. W hat is petroleum?
PR
Ans. Petroleum is the oil obtained from rocks, particularly sedimentary rocks of the E arth. It is also
called mineral oil.
RS
echnically spea ing, petroleum is an in ammable li uid that is composed of hydrocarbons hich
constitute to of petroleum and the remaining is chie y compounds containing o ygen,
nitrogen and sulphur.
HE
16. Mention three areas where petroleum is found in India.

Ans. Gujarat, Mumbai High and Assam are the three main areas where petroleum is found.
OT
17. State main uses of petroleum in India.

Ans. Three main uses of petroleum are:
(i) It is used as a fuel and plays a major role in land, sea and air transportation.
BR
ii fter refining, petroleum is used in the production of arious petrochemicals li e gasoline,

lubricating oil, printing ink etc.
(iii) It is also used for power generation.
L
18. W hy petroleum is considered important for various petrochemical products?

YA
Ans. Petroleum emits very little smoke and leaves no ash and can be used to the last drop. It provides
the most important lubricating agents and therefore, it is used as an important raw material for
various petrochemical products.
ist the ma or oil fields in ndia
O
19.
Ans. a or oil fields in ndia are
G
i n shore il fields in orth astern ndia ii n shore il fields in estern ndia

iii n shore il fields in outhern ndia i ombay igh ffshore oil field
20. W here is natural gas produced in India?
Ans. Natural gas has become an important source of energy in India. The Gas Authority of India Ltd.
is doing pioneer or in the field of natural gas e ploration
About 65% gas comes from Mumbai High, the rest 35% is produced by Assam, Tamil Nadu,
Tripura and Bassein.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
21. List the main problems of natural gas.

Ans. F laring of gas is a common problem. It takes place, due to
(i) Lack of required compression and transport facilities.
(ii) Lack of technical help for operational safety.
22. Name the types of electricity recognized depending on the raw material used and mode of
production.
Ans. F ollowing are the types of electricity recognized depending on the raw material used and mode
N
of production:
(i) Hydroelectricity
HA
(ii) Thermal E lectricity (including steam, gas and oil)
(iii) Nuclear E lectricity
23. W hy hydroelectricity is gaining importance in the modern days?
AS
Ans. Hydroelectricity is gaining importance because:
(i) It is renewable.
AK
(ii) It is cheap, clean and environmentally benign source of energy.
(iii) It will be available to us in the future also.
24. (i) W hat is hydroelectricity? PR
(ii) State any two factors necessary for installing Hydroelectricity Power Projects.
Ans. (i) E lectricity generated from the force of water falling from a height is called hydroelectricity.
(ii) F actors necessary for installing Hydroelectricity Power Projects are:
ountainous area here ater falls from a height
RS
ater should be stored in artificial reser oirs before releasing in hydel channel
25. W hat are Multipurpose Projects?
HE
Ans. A multipurpose project is a large-scale hydro project often including dams for water retention,
canals for irrigation, water processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power
generation. F or example, Bhakra Nangal Project, Hirakud Project etc.
OT
26. W hich is the largest multi-purpose project of India?

Ans. The Bhakra Nangal project is the largest multipurpose project of India. It is a joint venture of
Punjab, Haryana and Rajasthan Governments. It was commissioned in 196.3
BR
Bhakra D am, at
741 ft (226 m) is one of the highest dams in the world.
27. Give the names of power houses under Bhakra Nangal Project.
Ans. There are four power houses under this project at Bhakra, Ganguwal, Nangal and Kotla.
L
In addition to this, there are the Guru Nanak Thermal Power plant at Bhatinda and the
YA
hydroelectric power station at Pong dam.

28. W here is Hirakud D am built?
Ans. The Hirakud D am also called Mahanadi River Project, is built across the Mahanadi River, about
O
15 km from Sambalpur in the state of Odisha in India.

G
It was built in 195 3 and was formally inaugurated by the Prime Minister, Pandit Jawarharlal
Nehru on 13t h January 1957.
29. (i) W here is Hirakud dam located?
(ii) Give the names of its canals.
Ans. (i) Hirakud D am is one of the longest dams of the world, located at a distance of 15km from
the main city of Sambalpur. Hirakud D am is built across the Mahanadi River, about 15
kilometres (9.3 mi) from Sambalpur in the state of Odisha in India. Behind the dam extends
a lake, Hirakud Reservoir, 5 km (34 mi) long.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
ii t is one of the first ma or multipurpose ri er alley pro ects started after ndia s independence
Hirakud D am has three canals, namely Bargarh Main Canal, Sason Canal and Sambalpur
Canal.
30. Mention two advantages of using non-conventional sources of power.
Ans. Two advantages of using non-conventional sources of energy are the following:
(a) These sources are renewable, so there is no fear of their getting exhausted or depleted.
(b) They are environment friendly and do not produce any waste or cause pollution.
N
31. List four non-conventional energy resources.
Ans. Solar energy, wind power, biogas and geo-thermal energy are non-conventional energy resources.
HA
32. W hich renewable energy source is considered the best?
Ans. lthough all of the different forms of rene able energy can be used, but the most efficient forms
of renewable energy are geothermal, solar, wind, hydroelectricity, and biomass or bio gas.
AS
33. W hat is meant by renewable energy?
Ans. Renewable energy, often referred to as clean energy, comes from natural sources or processes
AK
that are constantly replenished. F or example, sunlight or wind keep shining and blowing, even
if their availability depends on time and weather. Thus, sunlight and wind are renewable energy.
34. W hat is meant by non-renewable energy?
PR
Ans. Non-renewable energy includes fossil fuels such as oil, gas, and coal. These sources of energy
are available only in limited amounts and take a long time to replenish. F or example, when we
pump gas at the station, e are using a finite resource refined from crude oil that has been around
since pre historic times on rene able energy sources are also typically found in specific parts
RS
of the world, making them more plentiful in some nations than others.
35. How do we get bio gas?
HE
Ans. Biomass is organic material that comes from plants and animals. Biomass contains stored energy
from the sun. W hen biomass is burned, the chemical energy in biomass is released as heat. This
is burned directly or converted to liquid biofuels or biogas.
OT
36. W hy do we need non-conventional energy resources?

Ans. As the consumption of energy grows, the population depends more and more on fossil fuels such
as coal, oil and gas day by day. There is a need to secure the energy supply for future since
BR
the prices of gas and oil keep rising by each passing day. Therefore, we need non-conventional
energy resources to meet the demand of growing population.
37. efine fuel ist any t o characteristics that you ould loo for in a good fuel
L
Ans. F uel is a substance that produces useful energy when it burns or undergoes a chemical or nuclear
YA
reaction. The fuel such as coal, wood, oil, or gas provides energy when burned. A good fuel is
the one which produces a huge amount of heat on burning. It does not produce a lot of smoke
and harmful gases. Besides this, it should be easily available.
O
38. State any three reasons to justify that LPG is considered as an ideal fuel.
Ans. LPG is considered as an ideal fuel because
G
(i) It is easy to store, handle and transport.

(ii) It produces large amount of heat on burning.
(iii) It does not leave any residue on burning,
39. Give reasons:
(i) Biogas is also known as gobar gas.
(ii) Biogas is very useful in rural areas.
Ans. (i) Starting material for biogas is mainly cow dung and therefore it is also known as gobar gas.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) Biogas is useful in rural areas because:

t is an e cellent fuel hich burns ithout smo e ith high heating capacity
t is also used for lighting.

1. W hat are the main hazards of 21st century?
Ans. Now in the 21st century, human race has woken up to the hazards of
N
(i) Global warming
(ii) D epleting mineral resources
HA
(iii) Need to cut down carbon emissions
2. (i) W hat are the conventional sources of energy?
(ii) State any three disadvantages of conventional sources of energy.
AS
Ans. (i) The energy sources which cannot be compensated, once these are used (after their exploitation)
are termed as conventional energy sources, e.g., coal, petroleum and natural gas.
(ii) Its disadvantages are:
AK
Con entional sources are e haustible
hey cause pollution hen used as they emit smo e and ash
hey are ery e pensi e to be maintained, stored and transmitted
PR
3. W hy is there a pressing need to use non-conventional sources of energy in India? E xplain any
three reasons.
Ans. There is a pressing need to use non-conventional sources of energy in India because:
RS
(i) In India,the growing consumption of energy has resulted in becoming increasingly dependent
on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas which are found in limited quantity on the earth.
(ii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the
HE
security of energy supply in future, which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth
of the national economy.
(iii) Increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental degradation like air pollution,
OT
water pollution etc.

So there is an urgent need to use sustainable energy resources like solar, water, wind, tide
biomass etc.
BR
4. W hat are the geographical advantages of Petroleum? State any three points.
Ans. Petroleum is a fossil fuel that accumulates in porous rocks from fossils of plants, animals and other
organisms that lived millions of years ago. Some of the advantages of petroleum are as follows,
L
(i) It can be extracted easily as modern technologies are used for extracting oil beneath the
YA
ocean' s surface or with special climatic condition.

(ii) It has high density as the average 1 kilogram of burnt oil can generate upto 10,000 kilo
calories. It means that for only small amounts petroleum can generate a substantial amount
O
of energy.
(iii) It can be extracted at low cost due to the fact that petroleum products require reduced technical
G
and physical effort. It is sold cheaper compared to other sources of energy. It can be easily
transported because it is in the liquid form.
5. State any three main features of non-conventional sources of energy.
Ans. Three main features are:
(i) These sources of energy are available freely and in abundance. Infact these resources are
" renewable" so there is no fear of their getting exhausted or depleted.
(ii) They are environment friendly and do not produce any waste or cause pollution.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(iii) They can be tapped at large scale at one place or in small amount at number of places at the
same time, including remote and inaccessible areas like hilly terrains, deep forests, deserts etc.
6. D istinguish between Anthracite and Bituminous Coal.
Ans. D ifferences between Anthracite and Bituminous Coal are as follows:
Anthracite Coal:
(i) This is the best quality of coal generally formed when the beds of coal are subject to extreme
pressure and heat to the earth movements.
N
(ii) Anthracite contains 86% to 97% carbon and generally has the highest heating value of all
ranks of coal.
HA
(iii) It is a hard, brittle, and black lustrous coal, often referred to as hard coal.
Bituminous Coal:
(i) It is the most widely used variety of coal and contains about 60% to 80% carbon.
AS
ii ts calorific alue is ery high due to high proportion of carbon and lo moisture content
(iii) It is mainly used for heating, steam raising and production of coke.
AK
7. State the importance of natural gas as a source of energy.
Ans. Natural gas is important because,
(i) It is used as source of power in the urban areas.
PR
(ii) It is also used as raw material in Petro Chemical industries.
(iii) It is an important ingredient in products such as paints and plastics.
(iv) F ertilizers are also produced by natural gas.
RS
(v) Its transportation is very easy as it is transported through pipelines.

(vi) Natural gas produces less overall pollution.
8. D escribe the distribution of coal in India.
HE
Ans. D istribution of coal in India:

i n har hand, the largest producer haria, o aro, arampur, alamu are the ma or coal fields
OT
ii n est engal, anigan , alpaiguri and ar eeling are the coal fields
iii n Chhatisgarh, argu a, ilaspur, aigarh and astar districts are the ma or coal fields
9. How is energy an indispensable requirement of our modern life?
BR
Ans. Modern life is highly governed by technology and revolves around it. Modern technology is
driven by energy and is highly automated. E very sector of National economy i.e., agriculture,
industry, transport and commerce need greater inputs of energy. In the domestic sector also,
energy demands, in the form of electricity, are growing because of increasing use of electric
L
gadgets and appliances. Thus, energy is the basic requirement for economic development.
YA
10. E xplain the use of petroleum as an energy resource.

Ans. Petroleum is a source of energy because
(i) It is used as a fuel for internal combustion engines in automobiles.
O
(ii) It is used as a fuel for railways and aircrafts.

G
(iii) It provides fuel for heat and lighting.

11. “ Petroleum is used as an industrial raw material.” Justify the statement.
Ans. Petroleum is used as an industrial raw material because
(i) It is used as lubricant for machinery.
(ii) It is used as raw material for a number of manufacturing industries, for example, chemical
industry, automotive, agriculture, textiles, construction, electronics and electrical, household
items, medical appliances, packaging and pharmaceutical etc.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(iii) Its numerous by-products are used in petrochemical industries such as fertilizer, synthetic
rubber, synthetic fibre, medicines, aseline, a , soap, cosmetics etc
12. W hich is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India? Mention its different forms.
Ans. The most abundantly available fossil fuel is Coal. There are four types of coal:
(i) Anthracite: It is the highest quality hard coal. It contains more than 80% carbon content.
It gives less smoke.
(ii) Bituminous: It is the most popular coal in commercial use and has 60% to 80% carbon
content. Metallurgical coal is high grade bituminous coal and is of special value for smelting
N
iron in blast furnaces.
HA
(iii) Lignite: It is a lower grade brown coal. It is soft with high moisture content.
(iv) Peat: It has a low carbon and high moisture content. It has low heating capacity and gives
lot of smoke on burning.
AS
13. Give three geographical reasons for petroleum being the second most important energy source
of India after coal?
Ans. Petroleum is the second most important energy source of India after coal. Petroleum is important
AK
because of the following reasons.
(i) It can be easily transported by pipelines and does not leave any residue. This property of
petroleum gives it an added advantage in its use over other fuels.
PR
(ii) It provides fuel for heat and light and also provides lubricants for machinery. It is an important
fuel used in transportation sector.
iii t pro ides ra material for a number of manufacturing industries etroleum refineries act
as a nodal industry for synthetic te tiles, fertili ers and many chemical industries
RS
14. W hat is the environmental impact of burning coal?

Ans. E nvironmental impact is as follows:
HE
(i) Burning coal emits harmful wastes such as carbon dioxide, sulphuric acid, arsenic, ash,
nitrogen oxide and sulphur dioxide.
(ii) E missions of carbon-dioxide from coal burning also accounts for the additional 65% of carbon
OT
dioxide in the atmosphere, increasing greenhouse gases.

(iii) It causes pollution which may lead to acid rain in some areas.
BR
15. W hat are the main areas of mineral oil deposits in India?
Ans. ineral oil as first disco ered in ndia, at a um in the north east part of ssam, in n
order of importance, the main areas of mineral oil deposits are –
(i) Offshore sea at Mumbai High, Bassein and Aliabet.
L
(ii) D igboi, Naharkatiya, Rudra Sagar and Nunmati in Assam.

YA
iii n u arat, n lesh ar, oyali, alol and a gaon are the important oilfields
(iv) Others are Kosamber, Mehsana, D holka and Lunej.
O
16. W hat are the disadvantages of Petroleum?

Ans. The disadvantage of petroleum are as follows:
G
(i) Although oil is a natural fossil fuel, its resource is now limited. The high demands of the
modern world for energy have stressed the conventional sources of oil reserves.
(ii) E xtracting and burning oil generates greenhouse gases that contribute to environmental
pollution and global warming.
(iii) It is a non-renewable form of energy resource. Once burned to generate electricity, it cannot
be replaced.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(iv) The depletion of fossil fuel leads to limited supply of petroleum. This leads to increase in
prices hich may cause con ict bet een nations herefore, it is necessary to find alternati e
energy resources.
17. atural gas has certain ad antages o er other fuels ustify the statement
Ans. Natural gas has certain advantages over other fuels due to the following facts:
i atural gas can be efficiently and safely stored
(ii) It is considered to be environment friendly due to its low emissions after burning (used as
N
fuel at home).
iii i uefied atural gas is much cheaper
HA
18. W hat are the disadvantages of natural gas?
Ans. F ollowing are the disadvantages of natural gas:
(i) Like other fossil fuels, natural gas still does create green-house gas emissions and therefore
AS
It cannot be used at large scale.
(ii) Natural gas is highly volatile and can be dangerous if handled or transported carelessly.
iii rue natural gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless hich ma es its lea detection difficult
AK
19. State the geographical factors responsible for low production of Hydel Power in India.
Ans. The geographical factors responsible for low production of Hydel Power are:
PR
(i) Most of the river regimes in India are extremely erratic because they are fed by monsoon
winds which are highly seasonal and whimsical especially in the South. Hence, these rivers
cannot provide Hydel Power generation consistently.
RS
(ii) Many rivers do not have natural waterfalls and huge capital has to be invested for constructing
dams.
(iii) The sites suitable for generating hydroelectricity are located away from the consuming
HE
centres. As a result, a lot of energy is wasted in transmission.

20. W hich factors are necessary for installing Hydroelectricity Power Projects?
OT
Ans. F actors necessary for installing Hydroelectricity Power Projects are:

(i) Mountainous area where water falls from a height – the potential energy of falling water
helps the turbine to move.
BR
(ii) Permanent supply of water can be ensured by perennial rivers. Hence snowfed rivers of the
Himalayas are of great use for the generation of hydropower.
(iii) Climate should be suitable so that rivers do not freeze during winter.
i ater of the ri er should be silt free or ater should be stored in artificial reser oirs before
L
releasing in hydel channel.

YA
(v) A gorge between the two hills is the most suitable site for building dams.
i lo of ater should be uniform in the ri er ny uctuation ould affect the generation
of electricity.
O
(vii) There should be enough scope for electricity supply i.e., an industrial zone so that the loss
of electricity is minimum in transmission.
G
21. “ Although the Himalayan region in U ttar Pradesh, Punjab, Bihar and Assam have great potential,
not many dams have been constructed over these rivers.” Give reasons.
Ans. Although the Himalayan region in U ttar Pradesh, Punjab, Bihar and Assam have great potential,
not many dams have been constructed over these rivers because conditions are more favorable
in South India especially in W estern Ghats as stated below.
(i) There are many steep waterfalls situated in the W estern Ghats. W estern Ghats receive heavy
rainfall by summer monsoon hence plenty of water is available.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) Many industries situated in the vicinity of these dams are dependent on electricity produced
by these hydel projects.
iii fe coal fields are a ailable in the south hence the only source of generation of po er is ater
22. hat are the si main benefits of ultipurpose ro ects
Ans. multipurpose pro ect on a ri er alley is started to pro ide manifold benefits relating to the
developmental work in a region. The main purposes of these projects are:
(i) Generation of hydroelectric power and thereby encouraging the development of industries in
N
the country.
(ii) Provision of irrigation where the rainfall is scanty.
HA
iii Control of oods in the ri ers
23. W here was Bhakra Nangal Project constructed? W here are its dams situated?
Ans. Bhakra Nangal D am is constructed across the river Sutlej at the site of Bhakra Gorge in the
AS
Siwaliks about 80km north of Ambala city.
It consists of two dams the Bhakra and Nangal and Pong D am on river Beas.
i ehind the ha ra dam a ery large artificial reser oir no n as the o ind agar la e is
AK
created with a storage capacity of about 9868 million cubic metres. It is 8km long and 8k m
wide.
(ii) Nangal D am is situated at Nangal about 13 km downstream from the Bhakra dam.It is only
PR
an auxiliary dam, and serves as a balance reservoir for the Bhakra D am, diverting water into
the Nangal Hydel Channel.
24. hat are the benefits of ha ra angal am
RS
Ans. The main purpose of the project is generation of hydroelectric power. E lectricity is supplied to
un ab, aryana, parts of a asthan and elhi t pro ides many benefits
HE
(i) It provides electricity for industrial, agricultural and domestic use. E lectricity is used for
tubewells, which are the main source of irrigation where canals cannot reach.
ii his pro ect has helped in controlling oods in the ri er utle do nstream he other benefits
are soil conser ation, afforestation, de elopment of fish culture and increase in the production
OT
of food crops and cash crops.

iii here are a number of industries hich benefit from the ha ra angal pro ect, e g , cotton,
BR
textile, sugar, copper, machine tools, sports goods, electrical goods, cement, hosiery, wool
and tractors etc.
25. hat are the benefits of ira ud ro ect
Ans. enefits of ira ud ro ect are as follo s
L
(i) Mahanadi is one of the largest rivers of India and the main purpose of Hirakud project is to
YA
control oods ence three storage dams, ira ud, i arpada and ara near Cuttac ere
constructed to control oods
ii disha, Chhattisgarh and adhya radesh benefit from this project.
O
(iii) The electric power is supplied to the industries at Hirakud, Rourkela, Rajgangpur,
Brajarajnagar, Joda, Chewotwar and Baragarh, Aluminium plant at Hirakud and steel plants
G
at Rourkela and V isakhapatnam.

(iv) Power is also supplied to Puri, Sundargarh, Cuttack and Sambalpur.
(v) The project also provides navigation facilities for over 480km from Hirakud upto the sea.
(vi) Hirakud project makes valuable contribution to the industrial development of Odisha as the
area is very rich in mineral resources like iron, bauxite and manganese etc.
ii ther benefits of ira ud pro ect are soil conser ation in the ahanadi alley, fish culture
and water sports.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
26. W hat is natural gas? How is it created?

Ans. Natural gas is a gas consisting primarily of Methane. It is created in two primary ways i.e.,
Biogenic mechanism and Thermogenic gas.
(i) Biogenic mechanisms create natural gas by Methanogenic organisms. This natural gas is
created in landfills and is often har ested to be used for fuel
(ii) Thermogenic gas is created inside the E arth at great temperature and pressure conditions
from buried organic material.
27. W hat are the advantages of nuclear energy?
N
Ans. Advantages of nuclear energy are:
HA
(i) A small quantity of nuclear fuel is needed to produce a large amount of useful energy.
(ii) Nuclear power plant produces less atmospheric pollution than thermal power plants, if the
nuclear fission reaction is performed properly
AS
(iii) Small amount of nuclear fuel can run a nuclear power plant over a long period of time.
There is no need of inserting the nuclear fuel in the nuclear reactor again and again in a
short period as in case of thermal power plant.
AK
28. (i) Name four gases commonly present in biogas.
(ii) State two advantages of using this gas over fossil fuels
Ans. (i) Methane, carbon dioxide, hydrogen and hydrogen sulphide are the four gases commonly
present in biogas.
(ii) Advantages of using biogas over fossil fuels are:
PR
iogas burns ithout smo e, leaves no residue unlike coal.
iogas is cheaper as compared to fossil fuels
RS
v v v
HE
OT
BR
L
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 9 : A griculture
4 Agriculture in India – I : Introduction

SUMMARY
N
l Agriculture is an important sector of Indian economy as it contributes about 17% to the total
HA
production of goods and services and provides employment to over 60% of the population.
l Agriculture not only provides food and fodder to human beings and livestock, it is also the
source of raw material for many key industries, e.g., sugar, textile and edible oil etc.
AS
l Many agricultural products are exported and export of tea, tobacco, coffee, jute and cotton etc.
help in earning the foreign exchange.

l Indian agriculture has always been dependent on the arrival of monsoon which is highly unreliable
AK
— both uncertain and irregular.
l India’s vast relief, varying climatic and soil conditions produce a variety of crops and therefore
in India both tropical, subtropical and temperate crops like wheat and barley are grown.
PR
l ndia has three main crop seasons hich are in uenced by the changing seasons i e , a harif
season (b) Rabiseason and (c) Z ayad or zaidseason.

l Major crops of Kharif season are rice, maize, jowar, bajra, cotton, sesame, groundnut, pulses
RS
and jute.
l Major crops of Rabi season are wheat, barley, jowar, gram, oilseeds and tobacco.
HE
l Z aid is the summer cropping season in which crops like rice, maize, groundnut, vegetables and
fruits are grown along with pulses.

l The Green Revolution in late sixties aimed at transforming the agriculture sector and increasing
OT
the food crop production to meet the increasing demand of the country.
l The Green Revolution has been most remarkable in the states of Punjab, Haryana and U ttar
Pradesh.
BR
l Intensive farming, increasing population and the practice of dividing and subdividing land for
inheritance are some of the drawbacks of our agriculture.

l In India, due to poverty, good quality seeds are out of reach of a majority of farmers because
L
of their exorbitant prices.

YA
l Continuous use of Indian soil without use of proper manures and fertilisers has led to depletion
and exhaustion of soil, resulting in low productivity.

l In spite of all measures taken to provide irrigation, agricultural production is affected in many
O
areas due to unprecedented rainfall or a full season of little rainfall.

l W ith increasing population and limited land, our agriculture is mostly subsistence type.
G
l In India, average yield of crops is much lower as compared to other countries.
l Indian agriculture can be divided into the following two categories : (i) Subsistence F arming (ii)
Commercial F arming.
l Subsistence F arming is a system of agriculture in which the farmer produces exclusively for his
own consumption.
l Subsistence agriculture is of two types: (i) Primitive subsistence farming and (ii) Intensive
subsistence farming.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l Crop rotation is characterised by different crops being alternatively grown on the same land in
a specific order to ha e more effecti e control of eeds pests, diseases and more economical
utilization of soil fertility.
l Commercial arming is a system of agriculture in hich food crops are produced specifically
for sale in the market, by using improved variety of seeds and machinery.
l Commercial farming is of two types: (a) Intensive Commercial F arming (b) E xtensive Commercial
F arming
N
l Plantation F arming is a system of agriculture located in a tropical or semi-tropical environment,
producing commodities on a large scale.
HA
l In Mixed F arming cultivation of crops and rearing of livestock is done simultaneously.
l In single crop plantation only one crop is grown in the whole plantation.
l Organic farming is an agricultural method where the techniques used are – (i) Crop rotation (ii)
AS
Green manure(iii) Biological pest control (iv) U se of compost.
l The Indian government announced the National Agricultural Policy in July 2000 with the aims
and objectives to remove the major problems of agriculture and improve the complications related
AK
to improper and inefficient uses of natural resources
Q UES T I O N
PR
B A N K
RS
1. i hat is meant by agriculture

(ii) W hy the relative importance of agriculture has been reduced in India?
Ans. i he term agriculture broadly means man s management of the en ironment to produce
HE
food.
(ii) The relative importance of agriculture has been reduced in India as a consequence of the
OT
rapid industrial development.

2. State the importance of agriculture.
Ans. Agriculture not only provides food and fodder to human beings and livestock, it is also the
BR
source of raw material for many key industries, e.g., sugar, textile and edible oil.
3. Mention two problems of Indian agriculture.
Ans. Problems of Indian agriculture:
L
(i) Small and fragmented landholdings.

(ii) Lack of proper use of manures and fertilizers.
YA
4. Give two differences between intensive and extensive farming.

Ans. D ifferences between intensive and extensive farming:
O
Intensive Farming Extensive Farming

(i) Landholdings are small. (i) Landholdings are large.
G
(ii) Y ield per hectare is high. (ii) Y ield per hectare may not be high.
5. State any two favourable conditions for agriculture in India.
Ans. India is a very prominent country from agricultural point of view. Two favourable conditions
are:
(i) U ndulating topography
ii aried climate ith sufficient sunshine
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
6. How agriculture not only supplies raw materials to the industry, it also acts as a consumer of
many industrial products?
Ans. Improvements in the agricultural techniques increases the demand for tractors, harvesters,
threshers, chemical fertilizers and pesticides etc. Industries are then set up to meet the demands.
Thus, agriculture also acts as a consumer of many industrial products.
7. Justify the following statements:
(i) Agriculture helps in earning foreign exchange.
(ii) India has to suffer the vagaries of monsoon.
N
Ans. (i) Many agricultural products are exported and export of tea, tobacco, coffee, jute and cotton
HA
bring in much needed foreign exchange.
(ii) Indian agriculture has always been dependent on the arrival of monsoon which is highly
unreliable — both uncertain and irregular.
AS
8. How India is able to grow a variety of crops?
Ans. India’s vast relief, varying climatic and soil conditions produce a variety of crops. Both tropical,
subtropical and temperate crops like wheat and barley are grown.
AK
9. W hy India has the preponderance of food crops?
Ans. Since India has to feed a large population, preponderance of food crops over other crops is the
most important feature of Indian agriculture. More than 2/ 3r d of the total cropped area is taken
up by cultivation of food crops.
PR
10. (i) W hat is the time period of Kharif season?
(ii) Name the crops grown in the Kharif season.
RS
Ans. (i) In the Kharif season ground is prepared in April - May and seeds are sown in June on arrival
of rain. Harvesting is done in the beginning of November.
(ii) Major crops of this season are rice, maize, jowar, bajra, cotton, sesame, groundnut, pulses
HE
and jute.
11. (i) W hat is the time period of Rabi season?
(ii) Name the crops grown in the Rabi season.
OT
Ans. (i) In the Rabi season ground is prepared by the end of October or beginning of November and
harvesting takes place in March.
(ii) Major crops of this season are wheat, barley, jowar, gram, oilseeds and tobacco.
BR
12. W hen is the Z aid season? Name the crops of this season.
Ans. Z aid season is the summer cropping season in which crops like rice, maize, groundnut, vegetables,
watermelon, and muskmelon, cucumber are grown along with pulses, and fodder crops.
L
13. Mention any two measures adopted under Green Revolution to improve agriculture in India.
YA
Ans. Two measures were:

(i) U se of high yielding varieties (HY V ) of seeds
(ii) U se of insecticides and pesticides
14. hat is subsistence farming
O
Ans. Subsistence F arming is a system of agriculture in which the farmer produces exclusively for his
G
own consumption. This involves the cultivation of food crops like rice, wheat and pulses. As
such, the farmer and his family members consume the entire farm produce and do not have any
surplus production to sell in the market. In India, agriculture is still of the subsistence type.
15. Mention the types of subsistence agriculture.
Ans. Subsistence agriculture is of two types:
(i) Primitive F arming
(ii) Intensive subsistence farming.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

1. W hat is the importance of agriculture in Indian economy?
Ans. India is an agricultural country and agriculture still forms the backbone of Indian economy in
the following ways.
(i) Agriculture provides food and fodder to human beings and livestock.
(ii) It is the source of raw material for many key industries, e.g., sugar, textile and edible oil.
(iii) Agriculture is the main stay of India’s economy. Nearly two-thirds of its population depends
N
directly on agriculture for its livelihood.
(iv) It accounts for 26% of the gross domestic product.
HA
(v) Agricultural development is therefore, a precondition of our national prosperity.
2. Name three features of Indian agriculture.
AS
Ans. Three features are:
(i) F armers own small piece of land and grow crops primarily for their own consumption.
(ii) F armers depend mainly upon monsoon rains.
AK
(iii) It provides employment to millions of people.
3. W hat is plantation agriculture?
PR
Ans. (i) It is a system of agriculture located in a tropical or semi-tropical environment, producing
commodities on a large scale.
(ii) In India, the British introduced plantation farming in the nineteenth century.
(iii) It is a single crop farming of rubber, tea, coffee, cocoa, spices, coconut and fruits like apples,
RS
grapes, oranges etc.

(iv) It is capital intensive and demands good managerial ability, technical know-how, sophisticated
HE
machinery, fertilizers, irrigation and transport facilities.

(v) Some of the plantations like tea, coffee, rubber have a processing factory within the farm
itself or close to it.
OT
(vi) This type of agriculture has developed in hilly areas of north- eastern India, sub-Himalayan,
W est Bengal and in Nilgiri, Anamalai and Cardamom hills in peninsular India.
4. D istinguish between Rabi and Kharif Crops.
BR
Ans. Rabi and Kharif crops

Kharif crops:
(i) Cultivation begins with the onset of monsoons in May.
L
YA
(ii) Sowing of seeds is done in June or early July.

(iii) Crops are harvested in September- October.
(iv) Crops depend on the monsoons.
O
(v) Rice, millets, maize, groundnuts, jute, cotton and various pulses are the main crops.
G
Rabi crops:
(i) Cultivation begins with the withdrawal of monsoons in October.
(ii) Sowing of seeds is done in October- November
(iii) Crops are harvested in April-May.
(iv) Crops depend on the sub-soil moisture.
(v) W heat, gram and oil-seeds like mustard and rape-seeds are the main crops.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
5. W hat are the three salient features of Indian agriculture?

Ans. Salient features of Indian agriculture are the following:
(i) D ependence on Monsoons: Indian agriculture has always been dependent on the arrival of
monsoon which is highly unreliable — both uncertain and irregular. The large-scale irrigation
serves only one-third of crop area. The remaining has to suffer the vagaries of monsoon.
(ii) V ariety of Crops: India’s vast relief, varying climatic and soil conditions produce a variety
of crops. Both tropical, subtropical and temperate crops like wheat and barley are grown.
N
(iii) Preponderance of F ood Crops: Since India has to feed a large population, preponderance of
food crops over other crops is the most important feature of Indian agriculture. More than
HA
2/ 3r d of the total cropped area is taken up by cultivation of food crops.
6. W hat are three cropping seasons of India? State the basic features of each.
Ans. India has three major cropping seasons called Kharif, Rabi and Z aid. The Kharif season is from
AS
July to October and Rabi season from October to March. The crops grown between the months
of March to June called Z aid.A decent Kharif and Rabi season is extremely basic to ensure food
availability to feed the growing population in India.
AK
Kharif Crops
no n as onsoon Crops and in rabic, harif means autumn
harif crops need a lot of ater
PR
harif crops include rice, mai e, sorghum, ea, Coffee, ubber, esame, uar, cereals li e
pearl millet, Arhar D hal, soybeans, oilseeds, cotton etc.
RS
Rabi Crops
no n as inter eason Crops
e uire cold eather for gro th and consumes less ater
HE
he rabi crops include heat, barley, oats, cereals, pulses, linseed, oilseeds etc
Z aid Crops
o n in arch to une bet een harif and abi
OT
eeds arm dry eather for gro th and longer day length for o ering
egetables and easonal fruits
BR
7. W hy Indian farmers have small and scattered holdings? W hat are the drawbacks of it?
Ans. Small and fragmented landholdings is the most common feature of Indian agriculture. Intensive
farming, increasing population and the practice of dividing and subdividing land for inheritance is
L
responsible for small holdings. In villages, joint family system still exists and holdings becomes
smaller with each generation as it passes with division from fathers to their sons.
YA
This has many drawbacks.

(i) A lot of time and labour is wasted in taking care of smaller holdings.
ii rrigation too becomes difficult
O
(iii) A lot of fertile land is wasted in raising boundaries.

G
(iv) The small holdings are not enough to support a large family.
In many states like Punjab, Haryana, Maharashtra and Rajasthan consolidation of holdings i.e.,
reallocation of holdings which are fragmented, is taking place.
8. Give geographical reason for the following:
(i) Poor quality seeds are responsible for low productivity in Indian agriculture.
(ii) India is producing variety of crops.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(iii) D ifferent crops are alternatively grown on the same land.

Ans. Geographical reasons:
(i) D ue to poverty, good quality seeds are out of reach of a majority of farmers because of
their exorbitant prices. Poor quality seeds are responsible for poor productivity. To solve
this problem, the Government of India established the National Seeds Corporation of India
in 19 63, its aim being to augment the supply of improved seeds to farmers.
(ii) India’s vast relief, varying climatic and soil conditions produce a variety of crops. Both
N
tropical, subtropical and temperate crops like wheat and barley are grown.
iii ifferent crops being alternati ely gro n on the same land in a specific order to ha e more
HA
effective control of weeds pests, diseases and more economical utilization of soil fertility. It
is practiced to chec soil erosion, increase net profit and mitigate the ris of eather changes
9. W hich efforts of Green Revolution led to remarkable increase in agriculture productivity and
AS
made ndia self sufficient in food production
Ans. The Green Revolution in late sixties brought a turning point in Indian agriculture. U nder
the Intensive Agriculture D evelopment Program, (IAD P), several measures were adopted
AK
simultaneously. These programs were aimed at transforming the agriculture sector and increase
the food crop production to meet the increasing demand. The following measures were adopted:
(i) U se of high yielding varieties (HY V ) of seeds
(ii) Irrigation facilities
PR
(iii) U se of insecticides and pesticides
RS
(iv) Consolidation of holdings
(v) Land reforms
i ural electrification
HE
(vii) Improved rural infrastructure

(viii) Supply of agricultural credit
OT
(ix) U se of (chemicals) fertilizers etc.

10. hat are the benefits of crop rotation
Ans. Crop rotation is the practice of planting different crops sequentially on the same plot of land in
BR
a specific order to ha e more effecti e control of eeds pests, diseases and more economical
utilization of soil fertility.
t has certain benefits
L
(i) Improves soil health (ii) Optimize nutrients in the soil

YA
(iii) Combat pest and weed pressure (iv) Checks soil erosion
ncreases net profit i itigate the ris of eather changes
F or example, in India leguminous crops are grown alternatively with wheat, barley and mustard.
O
11. W hen the Indian government announced the National Agricultural Policy? W hat are its salient
G
features?
Ans. The Indian government announced the National Agricultural Policy in July 2000. Its principal aims
and objectives are to remove the major problems of agriculture and improve the complications
related to improper and inefficient uses of natural resources t is mainly designed to raise
agricultural production and productivity.
Some of the salient features and objectives of National Agricultural Policy are –
(i) Modernizing agricultural sector
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) E nhancing yield of major commodities

(iii) Raising the productivity of inputs.
(iv) Protecting the interest of underprivileged farmers and agriculturists.
(v) Checking environmental degradation.
(vi) Agricultural research and training.
12. W hat measures were undertaken to accomplish the suggested objectives of National Agricultural
Policy?
N
Ans. F ollowing measures were undertaken to accomplish the suggested objectives of National
Agricultural Policy:
HA
(i) To utilize the barren wasteland for agricultural purposes and afforestation.
(ii) To control indiscriminate division of agricultural land for non-agricultural uses.
(iii) E nhance cropping through multi-cropping and inter-cropping.
AS
(iv) To emphasize rational use of ground and surface water so that over-exploitation of ground
water resources can be checked.
AK
(v) Supporting farmers and landless labourers by providing ade uate financial incenti es
v v v PR
RS
HE
OT
BR
L
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
5 Agriculture in India – II : Food Crops

SUMMARY
N
l Crops that are grown for the purpose of consumption by humans are known as food crops.
l Non-food crops also known as ' cash crops' , are those crops that are grown for the purpose of
HA
sale rather than consumption by humans and are used as a source for generating profits
l F ood crops consist of wheat, rice, pulses, vegetables, fruits, grains, legumes (including dried
beans), spices, herbs, seeds and nuts, beverage plants such as tea and coffee etc.
AS
l Rice, a tropical as well as sub-tropical crop, is the most important staple food of the people living
in the north-eastern and southern part of the country and supports half of the Indian population.
AK
l Rice is a versatile Kharif crop and can be grown in different parts of India so long as the
temperature and water conditions are satisfactory.
l It can be grown on different altitudes from the hill terraces of Kashmir to low-land areas of
l
Kerala in South India. PR
There are about 10,000 varieties of rice in the world out of which about 4,000 types of rice are
grown in India.
RS
l Three types of rice grown in different parts of India are, (a) wet or lowland rice, (b) rice in
terraced cultivation (c) dry or upland rice.
l Rice crop needs plenty of sunshine, heavy rainfall or irrigated deep alluvial clayey soil and plenty
HE
of labour to or on the fields as most of the farming in ol es manual labour

l t is essentially a crop of lo lands, ri er alleys, ood plains, deltas and coastal plains
OT
l Rice is grown by different methods, i.e., (a) Broadcasting method or scattering method, (b)
D ibbling method (c) D rilling method (d) Transplantation and (e) Japanese method of cultivation.
l The premier rice producing areas are, lower and middle Gangetic plains, Brahmaputra valley,
BR
east and west coastal regions and parts of peninsular plateau especially Tamil Nadu.
l Major Rice Producing States in India are, W est Bengal, U ttar Pradesh, Punjab, Tamil Nadu,
Odisha, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and Telangana.
L
l W heat is the most important foodgrain in India and is the staple food of millions of Indians,
particularly in the north and north-west parts of the country.
YA
l India is the fourth largest producer of wheat after Russia, U SA and China and accounts for about
8.7% of world’s total production of wheat.
l heat, a temperate crop, gro s ell on at allu ial plains of north ndia
O
l On the basis of geographical variations, two varieties of wheat are grown in India: (a) The
G
Normal Bread variety (b) Harder V ariety, Macaroni W heat.

l W heat grows the best in Indo-Gangetic plains, in well-drained, fertile, friable loamy, alluvial
soils of clayey composition.
l W heat is a rabi crop and the seeds are sown by broadcasting, dibbling and drilling methods.
l U ttar Pradesh is the largest producer of wheat in India accounting for over 34% of the production.
l U ttar Pradesh, Punjab and Haryana put together have earned the distinction of being called
ranary of ndia
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l Pulses are called dal and they form an important part of Indian diet.
l Gram (Channa), U rad, Moong, Masur and Arhar are the principal pulses.
l ulses are leguminous plants ith root nodules, hich fi and utili e atmospheric nitrogen in
the soil.
l Broadly speaking, there are different types of pulses available, which are mainly of three kinds
- the whole pulse on its own, the split pulse with the skin still on and with the skin removed.
l The most important producers of gram are U ttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan and
N
Haryana.
HA
AS
1. W hat type of soil is required for the cultivation of rice?
Ans. Rice can be grown on a variety of soils. D eep fertile clayey or friable loams are ideal for the
AK
cultivation of rice. E ven black lava soil is suitable as this type of soil can easily be puddled into
mud and retains moisture. Thus, this soil requirement makes it essentially a crop of low lands,
ri er alleys, ood plains, deltas and coastal plains PR
2. State two characteristics of pulses.
Ans. Two characteristics of pulses are:
(i) Pulses are annual leguminous crops yielding between one and 12 grains or seeds of variable
RS
size, shape and colour within a pod, used for both food and feed.
(ii) The term “ pulses” is limited to crops harvested solely for dry grain, thereby excluding crops
har ested green for food, hich are classified as egetable crops
HE
3. State the soil conditions required for the cultivation of black gram.
Ans. Soils conditions required are:
OT
(i) Black gram can be grown on variety of soils ranging from sandy soils to heavy cotton soils.
The most ideal soil is a well-drained loam.
(ii) Black gram cannot be grown on alkaline and saline soils.
BR
4. Mention the geographical requirements for the production of pulses.

Ans. F ollowing are the geographical requirements for pulses cultivation:
(i) Pulses need less moisture and survive even in dry conditions.
L
(ii) Temperature is required from 25 degree Celsius to 30 degrees Celsius.

YA
(iii) Pulses can be grown on all types of soil but dry light soil is the best suited.
(iv) Pulses grow well in the areas of 50 to 75 cm rainfall.
5. State two importance of rice as a food crop in India.
O
Ans. Rice is an important food crop in India because:

G
(i) Rice supports half of the Indian population.

(ii) It is the staple food of the people living in the north-east and southern part of the country.
6. State the type of temperature conditions required for the cultivation of rice.
Ans. Temperature conditions:
(i) Rice requires an average temperature of about 24 degrees C with a range of 16° C to 32° C.
(ii) D uring the growing season 18 degrees C and 32 degrees C at the ripening stage with plenty
of sunshine.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
7. State two features of broadcasting method of rice cultivation.

Ans. Two features of broadcasting method are as follows:
(i) Broadcasting Method or Scattering method involves sowing the seeds by sprinkling them all
o er the field by hand
(ii) This method is generally used to sow inferior quality of seeds hence the yield is low.
8. W hat is the dibbling method of rice cultivation?
Ans. In the dibbling method, seeds are dropped at regular intervals in the furrows made by the farmers
N
with the help of a plough or dibber. A dibber is a simple pointed stick that is used to make a
hole in the ground to plant a seed. It is a time-consuming method.
HA
9. W hat are two advantages of transplantation method of rice cultivation?
Ans. Advantages of transplantation method are:
(i) Lot of manual labour is required for removing weeds at the time of re-sowing.
AS
(ii) There is less wastage of seeds as in the broadcasting method.
10. How the harvesting of rice done?
Ans. ar esting is the process of collecting the mature rice crop from the field addy har esting
AK
activities include reaping, stacking, handling, threshing, cleaning, and hauling. These can be done
individually or a combine harvester can be used to perform the operations simultaneously.
PR
11. E xplain any two geographical conditions required for the cultivation of pulses.
Ans. Cultivation of pulses require the following geographical conditions:
Temperature: 20º C to 30º C.
Soil: Grown in all types of soil. D ry soil is most suitable.
RS
Rainfall: Low to moderate rainfall, i.e., 25 cm to 50 cm.

12. Name any two important rice producing states of India.
HE
Ans. W est Bengal, U ttar Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh/ Telangana are the important rice producing
States. (any two)
13. W hich are the important rice producing areas in India?
OT
Ans. Broadly speaking, the premier rice producing areas are:

(i) Lower and Middle Gangetic Plains
(ii) Brahmaputra V alley
BR
(iii) E ast and W est Coastal Regions

(iv) Parts of Peninsular Plateau, especially Tamil Nadu
14. W hy is W est Bengal, the largest producer of rice in India?
L
Ans. W est Bengal is the largest producer of rice in India, constituting about 15% of the total rice
YA
production area. Suitable climatic conditions, region being lower Ganga valley and large-scale
alluvial soil enable the farmers to grow three crops a year. Thus, W est Bengal is the largest
producer of rice in India.
O
15. “ Although Tamil Nadu produces only 9.32% rice of India, the state has a distinction of giving
a yield of 3000 kg/ hectare, the highest in whole of India.” Give reasons.
G
Ans. Tamil Nadu state gives the highest yield in whole of India due to the effect of Green Revolution.
High yielding variety (HY V ) seeds, fertilizers and irrigation facilities have been made available to
the farmers. Tamil Nadu can have three crops a year because of suitable geographical conditions.
16. Name the states where rice is grown with the help of irrigation.
Ans. Areas where rice is grown with the help of irrigation, are:
(i) Punjab, Haryana and western U ttar Pradesh.
(ii) Other states include Bihar, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha and Kerala.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
17. heat is the most important food grain in India.’ Give two reasons.
Ans. W heat is the most important food grain in India because:
(i) W heat is the staple food of millions of Indians, particularly in the north and north-west parts
of the country.
(ii) It is rich in proteins, vitamins and carbohydrates and provides a balanced diet.
18. W hat is India’s rank in the world in the production of wheat?
Ans. India is the fourth largest producer of wheat after Russia, U SA and China and accounts for 8.7 %
N
of world’s total production of wheat.
19. State two geographical conditions required for the production of wheat.
HA
Ans. Two conditions are the following:
(i) W heat is a temperate crop grown in winter and harvested in March/ April and hence it is a
AS
rabi crop.
(ii) W heat grows well on level plains, especially if the farming is mechanized. In India, it is
mainly gro n in at allu ial plains of north ndia
AK
20. Name the two varieties of wheat grown in India along with the states.
Ans. Two varieties of wheat grown in India are:
(i) The Normal Bread V ariety is grown on irrigated lands where the soil is friable loam and
PR
clayey in nature. It is mostly grown in Punjab, Haryana and U ttar Pradesh.
(ii) Harder V ariety, Macaroni W heat grows well on clayey black soil in areas of high rainfall. It
is mostly grown in Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra and western Andhra Pradesh.
RS
21. W hat type of soil is required for wheat cultivation?

Ans. W heat grows the best in well-drained, fertile, friable loamy, alluvial soils of clayey composition.
HE
It is mostly grown in Indo-Gangetic plains.

W heat can also be grown in black cotton soil in areas of Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra. It
needs a lot of fertili er to supplement the deficiency
OT
22. Give two geographical conditions required for the production of wheat.
Ans. Two conditions are:
(i) W heat is a crop of mid-latitudes (temperate regions) and requires a cool climate with moderate
BR
rainfall.
(ii) It needs an average temperature between 10 degree C to 15 degree C at the time of sowing,
but as the harvesting time approaches, higher temperatures (20° C – 25° C) are required to
L
help ripening. But sudden rise of temperature is harmful.

YA
23. D iscuss about the rainfall conditions required for wheat production.
Ans. W heat needs 50 to 100 cm rainfall during the growing season. Too much rainfall is harmful for
the crop and too little parches the grain. In fact, it can be grown in areas with rainfall as little
O
as 20-25 cm if proper irrigation is provided.

24. Name the diseases that affects wheat production.
G
Ans. fungal disease called ust affects the crop yield ther diseases that are harmful for heat
crop are:
(i) Stripe rust or yellow rust
(ii) Black point and
(iii) Loose smut
25. Name the states in order of production of wheat in India.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. The states in order of production are U ttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan,
Bihar, Gujarat and Maharashtra.
26. hich states are called ranary of ndia hich factor has been responsible for it
Ans. U ttar Pradesh, Punjab and Haryana put together have earned the distinction of being called
ranary of ndia ttar radesh is the largest producer of heat in ndia accounting for o er
34% of the production.
This has been possible due to the Green Revolution strategy adopted in early 60’s i.e, use of
N
High Y ielding V ariety of seeds and improved irrigation facilities etc.
27. Give two factors responsible for U ttar Pradesh being the largest wheat producing state of India.
HA
Ans. Two factors that have helped U ttar Pradesh in being at the top position are:
(i) F ine alluvial soil deposited by the mighty Ganga and its several tributaries.
(ii) Close network of canals supplemented by a large number of tube wells.
AS
28. hat are pulses i e t o e amples of pulses
Ans. ulses are leguminous plants ith root nodules, hich fi and utili e atmospheric nitrogen in the
AK
soil. They are rotated with other crops to maintain or restore soil fertility. They are the edible
seeds like the peas, beans, lentils and similar plants having pods. F or example, arhar or tur,
moong, urad etc.
29. efine the follo ing
PR
(i) Rabi season
(ii) Kharif season
RS
Ans. (i) Rabi Season — Here the ground is prepared and the seeds are sown by the end of October
after the monsoons. The crop is harvested in March, e.g., wheat.
HE
(ii) Kharif Season — Here the ground is prepared in April and May and the seeds are sown in
the month of June. The crop is harvested in November, e.g., rice.
30. efine the follo ing geographical terms
OT
(i) Crop rotation (ii) D ry crops

Ans. i Crop otation t refers to gro ing different crops on the same field after the har est of
the previous crop. It is generally done to preserve the minerals in the soil.
BR
(ii) D ry Crops — These are the drought-resistant crops which can survive in regions with less
rainfall and poor or inferior soils.
31. W hy growing of pulses is important in India?
L
Ans. Pulses are a source of proteins, particularly for the vegetarians. They are good as a rotation crop.
YA
ulses are leguminous, therefore has a nitrogen fi ing uality in the soil hey are also used as
a cattle feed.
32. Name the important wheat producing zones in India.
O
Ans. There are two important wheat producing zones in the country:
(i) The Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west
G
(ii) The black soil region in the D eccan

33. W hy wheat takes lesser time in ripening in south India than that in the north?
Ans. In north India, wheat is sown in October – November and harvested in March – April. In south
India, it is sown in September-October and harvested in D ecember – January. W heat takes lesser
time in ripening in south India than that in the north because of hotter climatic conditions in the
south.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

1. State the different types of pulses grown in India.
Ans. Broadly speaking, there are three different types of pulses grown in India, i.e.,
(i) The whole pulse on its own
(ii) The split pulse with the skin still on
(iii) The split pulse with the skin removed
2. Mention the geographical requirements for the production of pulses.
N
Ans. F ollowing are the geographical requirements for pulses cultivation:
HA
(i) Pulses need less moisture and survive even in dry conditions.
(ii) Temperature is required from 25 degree Celsius to 30 degrees Celsius.
(iii) Pulses can be grown on all types of soil but dry light soil is the best suited.
AS
(iv) Pulses grow well in the areas of 50 to 75 cm rainfall.
3. W hat should be the rainfall conditions for rice cultivation?
Ans. Rice cultivation requires the following rainfall conditions:
AK
(i) The average rainfall required is about 150 cm to 200 cm.
ii t needs ooded fields during the earlier part of its gro ing season
(iii) Slight rain before ripening helps in increasing the size of the grain.
PR
4. hich factors ha e contributed significantly to the increase in heat production
Ans. ollo ing factors ha e contributed significantly to the increase in heat production
(i) Supply of high yielding variety (HY V ) seeds
RS
(ii) Proper use of chemical fertilizers

(iii) An excellent irrigation system provided by a close network of canals
HE
(iv) E ffective pest control measures

5. State the main problems of rice cultivation in India.
Ans. Problems in Rice Cultivation are:
OT
(i) Rice yield per hectare is low. Therefore, high yielding varieties of seeds, fertilizers and
insecticides must be introduced to increase rice yield per hectare.
BR
(ii) F armers do not get suitable price for their crop as middlemen buy it cheaply at harvest time
and sell it at higher price later.
(iii) Proper storage of rice is not available.
(iv) D isease damage the rice crop and can reduce yield.
L
6. How the D rilling Method is practiced in rice cultivation? W hat is the disadvantage of this method?
YA
Ans. W hile using the plough, seeds are dropped through a bamboo shaft attached to it, in the furrows
made by the plough in a straight line. Sometimes seeds are soaked in water for a few hours
before sowing. It helps in quick germination especially where the soil is not moist enough.
O
This method, though saving wastage of seeds, is very time consuming. It is mostly used in Tamil
G
Nadu in peninsular India.

7. How the Transplantation method of rice cultivation practiced?
Ans. This method is practiced in the areas of fertile soil, abundant rainfall, plenty of sunshine and
plenty of supply of labour n this method, seeds are first so n in nurseries after soa ing them
in water for 24 hours. After 4 weeks when the seedlings are about 20cm tall, they are uprooted
and are planted in the ooded fields so that they can gro again s this entire process is done
by hand, a lot of manual labour is required.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
8. W hat are the features of Japanese Method of rice cultivation?

Ans. Japanese method includes the following:
(i) The use of less, but good quality seeds
(ii) Sowing the seeds in raised nursery beds
(iii) Transplanting the seedlings in rows to make weeding and fertilizing easy
(iv) Involves much use of manure to obtain higher yield
This method ensures three times higher yields; hence it has been successfully adopted by many
N
rice cultivation regions in Asia.
9. Name the pests and diseases that are harmful for rice.
HA
Ans. The pests and diseases that are harmful for rice are:
(i) Rice tungro virus (ii) Green leaf hopper
AS
(iii) Rice case worm (iv) Paddy stem born
(v) Blast of bacterial leaf streak (vi) Stem-rot and stripe
10. State the geographical conditions required for wheat cultivation.
AK
Ans. W heat is a crop of mid-latitudes (temperate regions) and requires a cool climate with moderate
rainfall. It needs an average temperature between 10 degree C to 15 degree C at the time of
sowing, but as the harvesting time approaches, higher temperatures (20° C – 25° C) are required
PR
to help ripening. But sudden rise of temperature is harmful.
In India, winter temperature of north India provides more favourable conditions.
In south and north-east, temperature conditions are above 20 degree C even in winter, hence
RS
wheat cannot be grown there.

11. Mention three geographical conditions that are harmful for wheat cultivation.
HE
Ans. Three geographical conditions that are harmful for wheat cultivation are:
(i) The continuous cropping with wheat appears to break- down the fertility of the soil by
bacterial changes which result in disintegrating the nitrogen.
OT
ii uring the heading and o ering stages, e cessi ely high or lo temperatures and drought
are harmful to wheat.
(iii) Cloudy weather with high humidity and low temperature is conductive for rust attack and is
BR
harmful for the crop.

(i) In most of the regions of India, rice is grown twice or thrice, but in hilly regions only one
L
crop is grown.
YA
(ii) It is important to apply good harvesting methods for rice.

(iii) Pulses are important food crops.
Ans. (i) In most of the regions of India, rice is grown twice or thrice, but in hilly regions only one
O
crop is grown because of severe weather conditions.

(ii) It is important to apply good harvesting methods for rice to be able to maximize grain yield,
G
and minimize grain damage and quality deterioration.

(iii) Pulses are rich in protein hence important in vegetarian diet.
(i) Hand pounded rice is considered better and more nutritious.
(ii) Rice grows well in a soil with a clay, like subsoil.
(iii) Cultivation of rice require a lot of manual labour.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. (i) By polishing, the rice may look better, but important nutrients are lost in the process. Thus,
hand pounded rice is considered better and more nutritious.
ii ice needs ooded fields and the sub soil of clay does not allo ater to percolate
iii ice has to be transplanted in puddle fields for better crop t has to be har ested carefully
by sickle and all this require lot of labour. W eeding, manuring, sowing and harvesting etc.
all is done by hand. Thus, cultivation of rice requires a lot of manual labour.
14. W hat are the advantages of growing rice in nurseries before it is transplanted?
N
Ans. Growing rice in nurseries has the following advantages:
(i) W e save water and the plants can be transplanted in rows to facilitate the use of pesticides
HA
and harvesting.
(ii) There is quickening of the germination of seeds.
(iii) No wastage of seeds take place.
AS
(iv) W eeding can be done.
(v) F ertilizers can be used.
(vi) Y ield per hectare increases.
AK
15. “ India is the largest producer as well as consumer of pulses in the world.” Justify the statement.
Ans. India is the largest producer (25% of global production), consumer (27% of world consumption)
PR
and importer (14%) of pulses in the world. Pulses account for around 20 per cent of the area
under food grains and contribute around 7-10 per cent of the total food grains production in the
country.
Though pulses are grown in both Kharif and Rabi seasons, Rabi pulses contribute more than 60
RS
per cent of the total production.

16. “ Gram is the most dominant pulse in India.” Comment.
HE
Ans. Gram is the most dominant pulse in India having a share of around 40 per cent in the total
production followed by Tur or Arhar at 15 to 20 per cent and U rad/ Black Matpe and Moong at
around 8- 10 per cent each.
OT
adhya radesh, aharashtra, a asthan, ttar radesh and arnata a are the top fi e pulses
producing States. Productivity of pulses is 764 kg per hectare.
17. W hy pulses were pushed to the marginal lands after the introduction of Green Revolution? How
BR
it resulted in decline in output?

Ans. Since ages, pulses have been well integrated into the farming system of India as the farmers
could produce them by using their own seeds and family labour without depending much on
L
external inputs.
YA
W ith the introduction of Green Revolution, which promoted rice and wheat, using external inputs
and modern varieties of seeds, pulses were pushed to the marginal lands. This resulted in decline
in productivity and land degradation.
O
As a result, pulses are still cultivated on the marginal and sub marginal land, predominantly under
unirrigated conditions. The trend of commercialisation of agriculture has further aggravated the
G
status of pulses in the farming system.

18. Pulses are grown on about 11% of the total sown area in India. W hat are its chief characteristics?
Ans. Major pulses that are grown in India are, tur or arhar, urad, moong, masur, peas and gram. Chief
Characteristics are:
(i) India is the largest producer as well as consumer of pulses in the world. About 20% of the
pulses of the world are produced here.
(ii) These are the major sources of protein in a vegetarian diet.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(iii) Being leguminous crops, all the above-mentioned pulses (except tur) help in restoring soil
fertility by fi ing nitrogen from the air herefore, these crops are mostly gro n in rotation
with other crops.
(iv) Pulses need less moisture and survive even in dry conditions
19. Study the picture given below and answer the questions that follow:
N
HA
AS
AK
(i) Mention the climatic condition that is suitable for the cultivation of this crop.
(ii) Name the state that produces the largest amount of this crop.
(iii)
Ans. (i)
In which cropping season is this crop grown in India?
PR
Rice grows best in areas of warm, humid climate; rice requires temperatures between 20° C
and 3 5° C and a well-distributed rainfall of about 100 cm or irrigation facilities.
RS
(ii) W est Bengal is the leading producer of rice in India.
(iii) Rice is a kharif crop in north India. In the south, it can be grown throughout the year if
irrigation is available.
HE
20. Give a geographic reason for each of the following:

i Culti ation of heat is confined to the northern part of ndia
(ii) Pulses are grown as rotational crops.
OT
(iii) Rice grown in hilly regions is called dry or upland rice.

Ans. i Culti ation of heat is confined to the northern part of ndia as the at plains pro ide ideal
BR
growing conditions with appropriate temperature, rainfall and irrigation facilities.

ii ecause the leguminous, capable of nitrogen fi ing, help to impro e the uality of soil, hen
grown as rotation crop.
(iii) The supply of water to hilly regions is not as much as on the plains, hence the rice grown
L
in these hilly regions is called dry or upland rice.

YA
v v v
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
6 Agriculture in India – III : Cash Crops

SUMMARY
N
l Cash crops are the agricultural crops hich are gro n to sell for profit and are considered easily
marketable e.g., cotton, jute, tobacco etc.
HA
l Cotton is one of the most important fibre crops of ndia and pro ides the basic ra material
cotton fibre to cotton te tile industry
l India ranks fourth in cotton production in the world, but only 10% of the world cotton output
AS
comes from India.
l Cotton is a tropical and subtropical crop (rabi as well as a kharif crop) grown up to 40degree
AK
N latitude.
l Cotton plant is small in si e, about to m high, ith large lea es and yello o ers
l n the basis of length, strength and structure of its fibre, three arieties of cotton are gro n in
PR
India. (a) Long Staple Cotton (b) Medium Staple Cotton (c) Short Staple Cotton.
l Cotton is grown on various types of soils, but it is mainly grown in deep black soils (regur) of
the D eccan, Malwa Plateau and Gujarat, as these soils retain moisture.
RS
l Cotton plant needs mild, cool, preferably dry climate with plenty of sunshine and 21 degree C
to 27 degree C temperature.
l Cotton plants need a moderate rainfall of 50 cm to 80 cm, well distributed throughout the year.
HE
l Stagnant water and excessive rain both are harmful to the plant.
l In Punjab and Haryana, it is sown as a rabi crop in April / May and is harvested in D ecember
OT
/ January, before the frost can spoil the crop.

l In peninsular India, since there is no fear of frost damaging the crop, it is grown as kharif crop.
l In Tamil Nadu, it is grown both as rabi as well as kharif crop.
BR
l Mostly cotton is used as a rotation crop with other kharif crops such as maize, jowar, sesame
and groundnut.
l The cultivation of the cash crop of cotton requires large sum of investment.
L
l ic ing of cotton is mostly done by hand and therefore a lot of cheap and efficient labour is
YA
required as it cannot be mechanized.

l The cotton plant is vulnerable to attack by pests and diseases like boll worms, boll weevils and
wilts etc.
O
l fter pic ing of cotton, the first step is ginning in hich the cotton fibre is separated from the
raw material, i.e. cotton.
G
l After separating, the lint is tied in bales and sent to the cotton mills for ripening and spinning
into thread.
l After ginning, oil is extracted from the cotton seed and used for making vanaspati, margarine
and soap and the residue is used as cattle feed.
l India has the largest area under cotton cultivation though it is not the largest producer of cotton.
l Currently, it is grown over 6% of the net sown area in Punjab, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l In Peninsular India, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh / Telangana are the main
producers of cotton.
l Punjab produces a good quality of long stapled cotton and is the largest producer in India.
l Oilseeds constitute a very important group of commercial crops in our country.
l Oilseeds, in order of importance in the country, are groundnut, sesame, rapeseed and mustard,
linseed, saf o er, castor, sun o er and niger
l The oil extracted from oilseeds constitutes an important part of our diet as edible oils.
N
l It is also used as raw material for manufacturing various items of economic importance such as
paints, varnishes, soaps, cosmetic items, medicinal items, lubricants, perfumes, etc.
HA
l Oilseeds can be put in two categories, i.e., E dible oilseeds and Non-edible oilseeds.
l Groundnut is the most important oilseed of India and accounts for about half of the major seeds
AS
produced in India.
l Groundnut is essentially a tropical and subtropical crop. – It is both a kharif and rabi crop, but
is grown as a kharif crop.
AK
l It grows well with temperature ranging between 20 degree C to 25 degree C and warm and dry
weather is important at the ripening stage.
l It needs well-distributed rainfall of 50- 70 cm and it is highly susceptible to prolonged drought,
PR
continuous rains, stagnant water and frost.
l roundnut is a leguminous crop and li e pulses, has the property of fi ing atmospheric nitrogen,
thereby increasing the fertility of the soil.
RS
l he groundnut oil is used for manufacturing medicinal emulsions, artificial leather, soap and oil
requisites.
HE
l Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Tamil Nadu and Gujarat are the three main producers of groundnut
in India.
l Mustard is a tropical crop. – It is grown in rabi season.
OT
l It grows well on alluvial soils of Satluj and Ganga plains.

l The oil content of mustard seeds is 25 %to 45 % and is mainly used as cooking medium,
BR
preservative for pickles and lubricants.

l Its oil cake is used as an important cattle feed and is also used as manure.
l U ttar Pradesh, Rajasthan and Haryana are the major producers of this crop.
L
l Sugarcane is one of the most important cash crops of India and it is a tropical crop grown in
YA
the kharif season.

l It is the main source of gur, khandsari and sugar.
l Sugarcane can be grown on a variety of soils, but alluvial clayey loams of the Indo-Gangetic
O
Plains are ideal for its growth.

l In south, it is grown on black soil, and brown or reddish loams.
G
l Sugarcane needs an average temperature ranging from 20 degree C to 30 degree C and excessive
temperature or very low temperature and dry winds are harmful for the plant.
l Sugarcane is a long bamboo like stem with several joints.
l F or preparing the setts the sugarcane is cut into several pieces at the joints known as setts.
l Setts are planted in well prepared, matured furrows at regular intervals.
l n this method, after the first crop, the sugarcane is cut lea ing the root intact in the soil
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l In Ratooning method the lower part of the stem which is left in the soil is well fertilized and
the stem begins to grow again.
l Soon after harvest sugarcane should be sent to the factory within 48 hours otherwise the sucrose
content falls.
l The sugarcane is ready for harvesting when the new leaves stop coming and leaves at the lower
stem begin to go yellow.
l Three distinct belts of sugarcane cultivation are as follows: (i) In the north, the Satluj-Ganga
N
Plain from Punjab to Bihar (ii) In the south, the black soil belt from Maharashtra to Tamil Nadu
(iii) Coastal Andhra Pradesh and Krishna valley.
HA
l U ttar Pradesh is the largest sugarcane producing state.
l Bihar, Punjab and Haryana are the other states in the north, which are the producers of sugarcane.
l In peninsular India — Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh/ Telangana are
AS
the major sugarcane growing areas.
l The fertile soil of the Indo-Gangetic Plains with a relatively high rainfall of 120 cm to 150 cm,
provide ideal conditions for growing sugarcane.
AK
l he blac la a soil ith their high fertility and retenti ity are most beneficial for the sugarcane crop
l Tea is the most important beverage crop of India. PR
l Tea bush is supposed to be indigenous to China, but in 1823, British Major Robert Brusce,
reported that indigenous tea bushes grew wild on the hill slopes of upper Assam.
l Tea plantations were set up in Brahmaputra valley by the British in 1839.
RS
l n the beginning, tea plantations ere confined to upper ssam only, but later on, they ere set
up in lower Assam and D arjeeling and in Nilgiri hills of south India.
l There are mainly three varieties of tea available: (a) Black Tea (b) Green Tea (c) Oolong Tea
HE
l Green tea and Oolong tea are more popular in China, Japan and Taiwan.
l Black tea, after drying, is preferred in India, E uropean countries and western countries.
OT
l Tea bush grows well in well-drained, deep, friable loams with porous subsoil.
l Stagnant water is injurious to its roots; hence sandy loams are the best.
l The ideal temperature for growth of tea crop is 13 degree C to 35 degree C.
BR
l Tea bush requires about 150 cm to 250 cm annual rainfall, well distributed throughout the year.
l There are two methods that are mainly in use, (i) Transplantation (ii) Clone Planting
l Tea leaves are ready for plucking in about 3 to 4 years and this is usually done by women.
L
l rocessing of blac tea in ol es fi e operations, i , ithering, olling, ermentation, rying

YA
or F ixing, Sorting.
l Tea cultivation in India is highly concentrated in a few selected regions.
O
l The two main areas known for tea production in India are: (1) North-E ast India (2) South India.
l Assam Hills Region is the largest tea producing area in the world and on both sides of
G
Brahmaputra V alley tea plantations are a common sight.

l W est Bengalis the second largest producer and the entire tea of W est Bengal is grown in the
three northern districts of D arjeeling, Jalpaiguri and Cooch Bihar.
l In south India, tea is produced in Nilgiri, Cardamom, Palni and Anamalai hills in Tamil Nadu,
Kerala and Karnataka states extending from 9 degree N to 14 degree N latitudes.
l India is the largest producer of tea in the world.
l Since it is a labourintensive industry, it provides employment to over a million workers.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
1. State two characteristics of cotton crop.
Ans. Two characteristics of cotton crop are:
i Cotton plant is small in si e, about to m high, ith large lea es and yello o ers
ii lo ers de elop into cottonseed pods and inside a hite fibrous substance co ers the seed
N
hese pods are no n as bolls
2. W hat are two uses of cotton seeds?
HA
Ans. Two uses of cotton seeds are:
(i) The cotton seeds (binola) are used in the vanaspati industry.
(ii) They also make excellent fodder for milch cattle as they improve the quality of milk.
AS
3. W hat is long staple cotton? Name the states where it is grown.
Ans. ong taple Cotton has the largest fibre hose length aries from to mm t is used to
AK
ma e fine uality cotton cloth gyptian cotton of this ariety is orld famous n ndia, half of
the cotton produced is of this variety. States producing long stapled cotton are Punjab, Haryana,
Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh and Telangana.
PR
4. W hat is medium staple cotton? Name the states where it is grown.
Ans. Medium Staple Cotton has a length of 20 to 24 mm. Most of the cotton-producing states produce
this type of cotton, viz. Rajasthan, Punjab and Tamil Nadu.
RS
5. W hat is short staple cotton? Name the states where it is grown.

Ans. Short Staple Cotton is less than 19 mm long. U ttar Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana,
HE
Rajasthan, Punjab and Haryana are the main producers of this variety.
6. State the soil conditions required for cotton cultivation.
Ans. Cotton is grown on various types of soils, but it is mainly grown in deep black soils (regur) of
OT
the D eccan, Malwa Plateau and Gujarat, as these soils retain moisture. It also grows well in light
and alluvial soils of Satluj-Ganga Plains and red and laterite soils of the Peninsular regions.
7. W hat type of temperature conditions are required for cotton cultivation?
BR
Ans. Cotton plant needs mild, cool, preferably dry climate with 21 degree C to 27 degree C temperature.
It needs plenty of sunshine. W arm days and cool nights are good for the development of the
boll and fibre in the first stage at the time of fruition emperature should not face belo C
L
This crop requires 200 frost free days during growing period.
YA
8. How much rainfall is required for cotton cultivation?

Ans. Rainfall conditions:
(i) Cotton plants need a moderate rainfall of 50 cm to 80 cm, well distributed throughout the
O
year.
(ii) Stagnant water and excessive rain both are harmful to the plant.
G
9. State two problems faced by farmers growing cotton in India.

Ans. Two main problems are as follows:
(i) The cultivation of the cash crop of cotton requires large sum of investment.
(ii) The farmers who are indulged in cultivation of cotton are facing security threats due to the
losses incurred.
10. Give a geographic term for each of the following:
i he process in hich the cotton fibre is separated from the ra material, i e cotton
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) The crops which are grown not primarily as a source of food, but mainly as a raw material
for industries; e.g., cotton, jute, tobacco.
Ans. (i) Ginning
(ii) Cash Crops
11. Name the main producers of cotton in northern and peninsular India.
Ans. Main producers are:
(i) Northern India - Punjab, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana.
N
(ii) Peninsular India, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh / Telangana
12. W hat are the two categories of oilseeds?
HA
Ans. Oilseeds can be put in two categories:
(i) E dible oilseeds
(ii) Non-edible oilseeds
AS
13. W hat is meant by edible oilseeds and non-edible oilseeds?
Ans. dible oilseeds are groundnuts, sesame, rapeseed, mustard, sun o er and niger ome of these
edible oilseeds are used for making vegetable ghee (vanaspati).
AK
Non-edible oilseeds are castor, linseed, neem and mahua. These cannot be used as part of our
diet and are only used for producing industrial oils and other commercial products.
PR
14. Mention the two types of groundnut plants.
Ans. The groundnut plants are mainly of two types:
(i) The Bunch Type — These plants grow vertically to a height of about 40 cm.
(ii) The Runner Type — These grow horizontally and spread out over a large area. They are
RS
shorter hen they o er, they bend the o er stal do n ard into the ground here the
seed pods grow and mature.
HE
15. W hat temperature conditions are needed for groundnut cultivation?

Ans. Since it is a tropical crop it grows well with temperature ranging between 20 degree C to 25
degree C. W arm and dry weather is important at the ripening stage.
OT
16. State the rainfall conditions necessary for the cultivation of groundnuts.
Ans. It needs a rainfall of 50c m to 70 cm. Isohyet of 100 cm marks the upper limit of groundnut
cultivation. However, the rainfall should be well-distributed. It responds better to irrigation. It
BR
is highly susceptible to prolonged drought, continuous rains, stagnant water and frost.
17. roundnut ernels are ery useful i e reasons
Ans. The groundnut kernels are a very rich source of protein and vitamins and have high calorie value.
L
t contains to oil hich is mainly used in edible refined oil as ell as hydrogenated
YA
ghee (vanaspati) form.

18. Mention the areas producing groundnut.
Ans. India is the largest producer of groundnut. Since it is primarily a rain-fed crop there are bound
to be uctuations in its production ndhra radesh, elangana, amil adu and u arat are the
O
three main producers of groundnut in India.

G
19. State two characteristics of mustard.

Ans. Two characteristics are:
(i) Mustard is a tropical crop and it is grown in the rabi season.
(ii) The oil content of mustard seeds is 25 % to 45% and is mainly used as cooking medium,
preservative for pickles and lubricants.
20. W hat are the main uses of mustard?
Ans. The main uses are:
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(i) The leaves are used as vegetables especially sarson, which is very popular in Punjab and
U ttar Pradesh.
(ii) Its oil cake is used as an important cattle feed and is also used as manure.
21. In which type of soil sugarcane is grown in India?
Ans. Sugarcane can be grown on a variety of soils, but alluvial clayey loams of the Indo-Gangetic
Plains are ideal for its growth. In south, it is grown on black soil and brown or reddish loams.
Therefore, sugarcane can grow on any type of soil as long as the soil can retain moisture. The
N
soil should be rich in nitrogen, calcium and phosphorous.
22. W hat are the temperature requirements for sugarcane?
HA
Ans. Sugarcane needs an average temperature ranging from 20 degree C to 30 degree C. E xcessive
temperature or very low temperature and dry winds are harmful for the plant.
Short cool, dry, winter season during ripening and harvesting is ideal. F rost is injurious to the
AS
plant; hence harvesting should be done before the winter season, especially in the north.
23. Give a geographic term for each of the following:
AK
(i) Cultivation of sugarcane from the root stock of the cane which has been cut.
(ii) The residue left behind after the crushing of oilseeds.
Ans. (i) Ratooning or Ratoon crop
(ii) Oil cake
PR
24. W hy Ratoon cropping is gaining popularity among sugarcane cultivators?
Ans. Ratoon cropping is gaining popularity among sugarcane producers as this method does not involve
RS
any extra expenditure. Hence, it is cheaper as compared to re-planting the crop.

25. efine the follo ing terms
HE
(i) Clonal Planting

(ii) F ine Plucking
Ans. (i) Clonal Planting (Tea) — It is the method where cuttings are taken from good high yielding
OT
mother plant rather than seeds.

(ii) F ine Plucking — The best tea is obtained from the young shoots consisting of two leaves
and a bud (the bud is an unopened leaf).
BR
26. W hat are the disadvantages of ratooning?

Ans. D isadvantages of Ratooning
(i) Productivity decreases with each successive crop, hence only one or two ratoon crops are
L
normally harvested.
YA
(ii) The crop may be affected by various pests and diseases.

27. Name the diseases from which the sugarcane plant has to be protected.
Ans. he sugarcane plant has to be protected against insects such as moth, termites, hite ies and blac
O
bugs. The sugarcane is also vulnerable to fungal diseases like red rot, smut, rus and ratoon stunting.
28. hy most of the sugar factories are located near the sugarcane fields
G
Ans. Soon after harvest sugarcane should be sent to the factory within 48 hours otherwise the sucrose
content falls hat is hy most sugar factories are located near the sugarcane fields so as to sa e
on transportation.
29. W here does India stands in the world in the production of sugarcane?
Ans. India has the largest area under sugarcane cultivation in the world and is the second largest
producer of sugarcane in the world, next to Brazil.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
30. W here are tea plantations set up in India?

Ans. n the beginning, tea plantations ere confined to upper ssam only, but later on, they ere set
up in lower Assam and D arjeeling.
Thereafter, tea plantations were set up in Nilgiri hills of south India. Tea bush is a tropical and
sub-tropical plant.
31. How the Transplantation method of tea plantation practiced?
Ans. Tea gardens are set up on the cleared hill slopes where shade trees are planted in advance. Seeds
are sown in the germination beds and after 9 months saplings are transplanted to the garden. The
N
garden is already weeded so that tea bushes grow without any hindrance under the shade of trees.
HA
32. W hy Pruning of the tea plant is very essential?
Ans. Pruning of the tea plant is very essential because of two reasons:
(i) The removal of the central stem encourages the quick development of lateral branches and
AS
periodical pruning does not allow the plant to grow more than about 40 cm high. This
facilitates hand plucking which is done mostly by women.
(ii) Pruning also helps in growing new shoots bearing soft leaves in plenty.
AK
33. W hat is meant by the process of withering?
Ans. The tea leaves when green contain lot of moisture. To remove this moisture the leaves are spread
over racks and air is passed through them. After they become soft, they are sent for rolling. This
process is known as withering.
PR
i ermentation ii rying or fi ing
RS
Ans. (i) F ermentation — After rolling, the tea leaves are spread out in special trays on cement tables
for fermentation. D uring this process the tanning in tea is partly oxidized and the tea leaf
changes its colour to copper red.
HE
(ii) D rying or F ixing — After fermentation, the tea leaves are put on a conveyer belt and are
passed through an oven at a very high temperature.
35. W hat is meant by the sorting of tea?
OT
Ans. Sorting: After drying, the leaves are sorted out in various grades with the help of sifters with
different size of meshes. After sorting they are given the brand names, denoting the size of the
leaves like peoke, broken orange, dust, etc.
BR
36. State the precautions necessary while packing tea.

Ans. he tea, as e see in the mar et, needs a lot of care hile pac ing to protect its a our hus,
generally plywood cases with a lining of aluminium foil paper is used to keep the tea fresh
L
and retain its a our fter pac ing, the tea chests are mar ed and sent to the nearest port for
export. Readymade tea packs, tea bags and ice tea have recently come in as the latest products
YA
in the market.

O
1. E xplain the following terms and name the crop with which each is associated.
G
(i) Ratooning (ii) Ginning

Ans. (i) Ratooning: Sugarcane Research Institute set up at Coimbatore in Tamil Nadu introduced
a ne method called ratooning n this method, after the first crop, the sugarcane is cut
leaving the root intact in the soil.
The lower part of the stem which is left in the soil is well fertilized and the stem begins
to grow again. This method is called Ratooning. Ratoon crop is the second or any other
succession crop obtained from the root and lefto er in the field after the first crop his crop
is associated with sugarcane.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) Ginning: fter pic ing, the first step is ginning in hich the cotton fibre is separated from
the raw material, i.e. cotton. This method is called ginning. In India, it is mostly done by
roller gins. After separating, the lint is tied in bales and sent to the cotton mills for ripening
and spinning into thread. This is associated with cotton.
2. State the characteristics of sugarcane.
Ans. Characteristics of sugarcane are:
(i) Sugarcane juice is extracted by crushing the cane.
(ii) Bullocks or electronic equipment is used for extracting the juice.
N
(iii) As soon as the juice is extracted it is boiled without delay, generally before 48 hours.
HA
3. W ith reference to the cultivation of crops answer the following questions:
(i) W hy tea bushes have to be pruned at regular intervals.
(ii) Cotton is a labour intensive crop.
AS
Ans. (i) Tea bushes have to be pruned at regular intervals because Pruning encourages the production
of fresh leaves and shoots to keep it at a low height to facilitate plucking.
(ii) Cotton is propagated by sowing seeds on the farm. Cotton has to be protected from insects
AK
and therefore pesticides have to be sprayed. It is a soil exhausting crop, therefore, fertilizers
have to be used. As the mechanized harvesting of cotton is not possible, a lot of labour is
required for the hand-picking of cotton bolls. Thus, it is a labour intensive crop.
PR
4. Give the geographical requirements for the cultivation of sugarcane.
Ans. Geographical requirements for sugarcane cultivation are:
(i) Temperature 20 degree C to 30 degree C.
RS
(ii) Rainfall 75 cm to 200 cm

(iii) Alluvial soil or black soil
5. W hat are the advantages of ratooning?
HE
Ans. Advantages of Ratooning

(i) Crop need not be planted again.
OT
(ii) Ratoons have relatively shorter maturation period.

(iii) The method does not involve any extra expenditure; hence is cheaper as compared to re-
planting the crop.
BR
6. W hen is sugarcane ready for harvesting?

Ans. The sugarcane is ready for harvesting when the new leaves stop coming and leaves at the lower
stem begin to go yellow. In the north, harvesting is done before winter to protect it from frost.
The sugarcane is cut at the ground level leaving just the root because sugar content is concentrated
L
at the lo er stem he sugarcane should be har ested before the o ers appear
YA
(i) Name one state where this crop grows well.
(ii) W hy are mostly women employed to harvest it?
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. (i) Tea plants grow well in Assam, W est Bengal, Tamil Nadu and Kerala. Assam is the leading
producer.
(ii) Mostly omen har est the tea because it in ol es fine pluc ing t o lea es and a bud
and women labourer can patiently pluck the same.
(i) Regular applications of manures and fertilizers to the soil for cotton production is very
essential.
ii Cotton field re uires the o ners to in est in large sums on cotton field
N
(iii) Groundnut is used as a rotation crop for millets as well as other crops grown in that season.
HA
Ans. (i) Cotton quickly absorbs the nutrients of the soil, hence regular applications of manures and
fertilizers to the soil is very essential.
ii he increase in price of fertili er and pesticides to be used in cotton field re uires the o ners
to in est in large sums on cotton field
AS
iii roundnut is a leguminous crop and li e pulses, has the property of fi ing atmospheric
nitrogen, thereby increasing the fertility of the soil.
AK
9. How oilseeds are important for us? Give two reasons.
Ans. Oilseeds are important for us in the following ways:
(i) The oil extracted from oilseeds constitutes an important part of our diet as edible oils.
PR
(ii) It is also used as raw material for manufacturing various items of economic importance such
as paints, varnishes, soaps, cosmetic items, medicinal items, lubricants, perfumes, etc.
(iii) The residue of edible oilseeds forms an important part of cattle feed and manure.
RS
10. W hat are the three main uses of groundnuts?

Ans. Groundnuts are used in the following ways:
i he groundnut oil is used for manufacturing medicinal emulsions, artificial leather, soap and
HE
oil requisites.
(ii) Groundnut can be eaten raw, roasted, salted or sweetened. Many types of sweets are made
from it.
OT
(iii) After extraction of oil, the leftover residue is used as an important cattle feed.
11. hat is meant by the ett ethod of so ing sugarcane o is it practiced
Ans. t present, a ne ett method is used for so ing sugarcane ugarcane is a long bamboo li e
BR
stem with several joints. F or preparing the setts the sugarcane is cut into several pieces at the
joint. These are known as setts. These setts are prepared from healthy and well-matured canes.
They are planted in well prepared, matured furrows at regular intervals.
L
W eeds are cleared periodically and soil is gathered around the plants. The plant starts growing
in about two weeks. The plant needs enough moisture in the soil; therefore, rainfall should be
YA
well distributed or irrigation facility should be made available.

(i) Sugarcane cultivation requires a heavy dose of manure and fertilizers in order to obtain high
O
yields.
(ii) F lat level plains or plateau regions are ideal for sugarcane cultivation.
G
(iii) U ttar Pradesh is the largest sugarcane producing state.

Ans. (i) Sugarcane exhausts the fertility of the soil quickly and extensively and therefore Sugarcane
cultivation requires a heavy dose of manure and fertilizers in order to obtain high yields.
(ii) F lat level plains or plateau regions are ideal for sugarcane cultivation as these facilitate
irrigation and transportation of the cane to the factory.
(iii) U ttar Pradesh is the largest sugarcane producing state because in U ttar Pradesh, cultivation
is carried on smaller units and irrigation from canal and tube wells is more prevalent.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
13. Give a geographic reason for each of the following:

(i) Tea is cultivated on hill slopes.
(ii) The yield per hectare of sugarcane is higher in the Southern states.
(iii) W hy plywood cases with a lining of aluminium foil paper are used for tea leaves packing?
Ans. (i) Tea is cultivated on hill slopes to allow excess water to drain off as tea cannot tolerate
stagnant water.
(ii) Tropical climate is better for growth of sugarcane. Better irrigation and crop protection
measures are adopted s mills are closer to the fields and so there is less loss of sucrose
N
content.
HA
(iii) Generally, plywood cases with a lining of aluminium foil paper are used to keep the tea fresh
and retain its a our
AS
AK
PR
(i) Mention the climatic condition that is suitable for the cultivation of this crop.
RS
(ii) Name the state that produces the largest amount of this crop.
(iii) In which cropping season is this crop grown in India?
HE
Ans. (i) The crop is cotton. The climatic condition that is suitable for the crop is 21 degree C to 27
degree C temperature and a moderate rainfall of 50 cm to 80 cm well distributed throughout
the year.
OT
(ii) Maharashtra produces the largest amount of this crop.

(iii) Cotton is Rabi as well as Kharif crop.
15. W hat are the uses of sugarcane in India?
BR
Ans. U ses of sugarcane:

(i) About 50% of the cane is used to make gur or jaggery by boiling and 30% of the produce
is used for making white sugar.
L
(ii) Part of it is used to make khandsari which is normally used in the north.
YA
(iii) Sugarcane juice is popular as a drink during summer as it is very nutritious and healthy as
compared to synthetic drinks.
16. Name the three distinct belts of sugarcane in India.
O
Ans. On the basis of study of the conditions of growth, three distinct belts of sugarcane cultivation
are as follows:
G
(i) In the north, the Satluj-Ganga Plain from Punjab to Bihar accounts for 50% of the production.
(ii) In the south, the black soil belt from Maharashtra to Tamil Nadu along the eastern slope of
the W estern Ghats.
(iii) Coastal Andhra Pradesh and Krishna valley.
17. W hich is the largest sugarcane producing state of India? Mention the other states producing
sugarcane.
Ans. U ttar Pradesh is the largest sugarcane producing state. In U ttar Pradesh, cultivation is carried
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
on smaller units and irrigation from canal and tube wells is more prevalent. Bihar, Punjab and
Haryana are the other states in the north, which are the producers of sugarcane.
In peninsular India — Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh/ Telangana are
the major sugarcane growing areas.
18. W rite a short note on sugarcane cultivation in North India.
Ans. Sugarcane Cultivation in North India:
In Northern Plains of India, the temperature ranges from 20 degree C to 30 degree C. The fertile
soil of the Indo-Gangetic Plains with a relatively high rainfall of 120 cm to 150 cm, provide
N
ideal conditions for growing sugarcane.
HA
In the dry areas, it is grown with irrigation. U ttar Pradesh has an excellent network of canals and
tube ells he dry inds or loo in ay and une affect the normal gro th of the sugarcane
19. W rite a short note on sugarcane cultivation in Peninsular India.
AS
Ans. Sugarcane Cultivation in Peninsular India:
Though the area under sugarcane cultivation is less in peninsular India, the yield per hectare
is much higher. The average yield in north is 40 tonnes per hectare whereas in south it is 80
AK
tonnes per hectare. The reasons are,
(i) In the South, the climatic conditions are ideal with the absence of looduring summer with
reasonably high temperature and frost-free winters coupled with maritime winds in coastal areas.

PR
ii he blac la a soil ith their high fertility and retenti ity are most beneficial for the sugarcane
crop.
(iii) Better methods, manures and fertilizers are used for cultivation in the south. SU GARCANE
RS
20. W hat are the problems of sugarcane cultivation in India?

Ans. Problems of sugarcane cultivation are the following:
(i) Sugarcane is a soil exhausting crop. It needs plenty of manure and water for the plants.
HE
ii ills are a ay from fields, hence problem of transport

(iii) High cost of production.
i rices are fi ed on the basis of uantity and not on uality
OT
21. W hat type of soil is required for tea plantation?

Ans. Tea bush grows well in well-drained, deep, friable loams with porous subsoil. Stagnant water is
BR
injurious to its roots; hence sandy loams are the best.

However, virgin forests soils rich in humus and iron content are considered to be the best for
tea plantations large proportion of phosphorus and potash imparts special a our to tea as
in case of D arjeeling tea. In order to increase the yield, proper amount of nitrogenous fertilizer
L
such as ammonium sulphate should be added to the soil.

YA
However, regular tilling of the soil to remove the weeds is essential. To avoid water logging,
tea is best grown on hill slopes where water drains away easily. It grows equally well in the
valley if the drainage is good. Hence, tea can be grown on various elevations, varying from 600
O
meters to 1500 meters above sea level.

22. D escribe the climatic requirements of tea plantation.
G
Ans. Climatic requirements are as follows:

(i) Temperature: The ideal temperature for growth of tea crop is 13 degree C to 35 degree C.
Temperature below 10 degree C and above 35 degree C is harmful for the crop. Tea is a
shade loving plant and develops more vigorously when planted along with shady trees. F rost
is harmful.
(ii) Rainfall: Tea bush requires about 15 0 cm to 25 0 cm annual rainfall, well distributed
throughout the year. W hile prolonged dry spell is harmful for tea, high humidity, heavy dew
and morning fog favour the rapid development of young leaves.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
23. W hat is meant by Clone Planting? How is it practiced in tea plantation?

Ans. Another method is to use cuttings from a good high yielding mother plant instead of seeds. This
method is called clone planting as the new plant also has the qualities of the mother plant.
These small cuttings are planted in the nurseries where special care is taken. After sometime
they are transplanted to the tea garden.
U se of manures and fertilizers is essential in this method. Oil cakes and green manures are
generally used.
24. W hat do you know about plucking of tea leaves? How is it done?
N
Ans. Tea leaves are ready for plucking in about 3 to 4 years. Tea leaves plucking is a very skilled
HA
job and is usually done by women. A skilled tea plucker can pluck almost 50 kg of leaves per
day. The women work their way along the tea bushes plucking the tender leaves and tossing
them into baskets tied at their back.
he finest tea is obtained from the young shoots comprising t o lea es and a bud no n as
AS
fine pluc ing ud is an unopened leaf found bet een first and second leaf
Plucking should not be done below this standard as it results in obtaining coarse tea. Tea crop
AK
is labourintensive and requires abundant supply of cheap and skilled labour.
25. W hat are the problems of tea plantation in India?
Ans. Many tea gardens have been closed in recent years due to various reasons such as –

(i) D ecline in tea prices
PR
ii ess production of tea due to po er problem, labour problem and finance crises
(iii) Reduction in availability of number of labourers.
RS
(iv) A considerable number of tea gardens have gone sick due to lack of infrastructure,
moderni ation and efficient management
(v) No proper storage facilities are available.
HE
(vi) Along with mosquitoes, pest problem like, bug, and a disease called bacterial black spot has
also affected many plantation in North– E astern estates.
26. W hat do you know about the following regarding tea plantation?
OT
(i) Assam Hills Region in the North

(ii) Brahmaputra V alley
Ans. (i) Assam Hills Region: It is the largest tea producing area in the world. The conditions are
BR
most favourable with over 250 cm rainfall and temperature above 20 degree C. Morning fog
helps and frost never occurs. Moreover, labour is available in plenty. Hence, hand picking
is made easy. Assam produces the most popular tea that is pungent in taste. It is strong and
L
used for blending the milder ones. It produces over 40% of the tea in the country.
YA
(ii) Brahmaputra Valley: On both sides of this valley tea plantations are a common sight. W ith
rainfall above 200 cm to 300 cm and high temperature with high humidity, the area provides
ideal conditions for tea cultivation. The cropping is done from April to D ecember. This tea
is in great demand all o er the orld and is used for blending because of its strong a our
O
and colour.
G
27. W hy W est Bengal region is the second largest producer of tea?

Ans. W est Bengal is the second largest producer of tea in India. The entire tea of W est Bengal is
grown in the three northern districts of D arjeeling, Jalpaiguri and Cooch Bihar. Here, the tea is
grown on the Himalayan slopes. Soils are red loams and sandy loams and the annual rainfall
varies between 300 cm to 500 cm.
ar eeling tea is famous for its typical a our, most popular brand being reen ipton nferior
uality is blended ith ssam tea for a our and li uor ea is also gro n in imachal radesh,
Tripura, Manipur and Arunachal Pradesh.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
28. E xplain the tea producing areas of South India. W hat advantages does South India has in tea
production?
Ans. In south India, tea is produced in Nilgiri, Cardamom, Palni and Anamalai hills in Tamil Nadu,
Kerala and Karnataka states extending from 9 degree N to 14 degree N latitudes. It has the
following advantages:
(i) Tea gardens are located mostly between 300 m to 1800 m altitude.
(ii) The temperatures are always high and rainfall exceeds 400 cm. There is never any fear of
frost and conditions are ideal. Hence, productivity is higher though quality is inferior.
N
(iii) Most of the regions get rain from both monsoons and rainfall is well distributed.
HA
(iv) Soils are mostly red, yellow and laterite in origin.
(v) The cropping season is on throughout the year, but the best lot is produced during D ecember/
January.
i ilgiri tea is famous for its fine taste and a our
AS
29. State the importance of tea in India.
Ans. Importance of tea:
AK
(i) India is the largest producer of tea in the world.
(ii) Since it is a labour intensive industry, it provides employment to over a million workers.
(iii) In this industry, both the men and women are employed. W omen are temporarily suited to
PR
the plucking job and men take care of loading, unloading, packing, etc.
(iv) It earns a lot of foreign exchange for the country.
RS
v v v
HE
OT
BR
L
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 1 0 : Manuf acturing I ndustries

Manufacturing Industries in
7 India – I : Agro-based
SUMMARY
N
l The process of transformation of natural resources into a finished, ready to use product, utili ing
HA
the full potential of the resources is called manufacturing. e.g., sugarcane juice is made into
sugar; wood pulp into paper; iron ore into steel etc.
l Infrastructure of an industry depends on two factors, i.e., geographical factors and non-
AS
geographical factors.
l Geographical factors involve raw materials, power supply, water, labour, transport, market, site
or location and climate etc.
AK
l Non-geographical factors include availability of capital, government policies, bank and credit
facilities and an efficient organi ation etc
l ndustries can be classified on the basis of the sources of ra materials, management, si e,
PR
location and the nature of products, etc.
l On the basis of consumption of raw materials, there are two types of industries, i.e., heavy
industries and light industries.
RS
l Heavy Industryneeds more capital, sophisticated equipment, skilled and unskilled labour and
large quantity of raw material, e.g., Iron and steel industry, locomotives and automobiles.
HE
l ight ndustry needs less capital, less number of or ers and the finished products are also light
in weight, e.g., electric goods, TV sets and sewing machines etc.
l n the basis of source of ra materials, industries can be classified as,agro based industries,
OT
mineral-based industries, animal-based industries and forest-based industries.

l Agro-based Industries are those which depend on agriculture for the supply of their raw materials,
e.g., sugar, jute, cotton, vegetable oil and food processing industries.
BR
l Mineral-based Industries are those which receive their raw materials from minerals, e.g., iron
and steel, aluminium, cement and shipbuilding industries.
l Animal-based Industries depend on animals for their supply of raw materials, e.g., woolens, silk,
L
dairy products, poultry, hides and skins and leather industries.

YA
l F orest-based Industries are those which receive their raw materials from the forest products, e.g.,
paper, cardboard, tanning of leather, lac and timber industries.
l ri ate ector ndustries are managed and o ned by indi idual industrialists or firms, e g , ata
O
Iron and Steel industry, Reliance industry.

l Public Sector Industries comprise public utilities and are owned and controlled by the State or
G
Central o ernments, e g , rail ays, transport ser ices, post and telegraph, refineries, irrigation
projects and defense establishments etc.
l oint ector ndustries are ointly managed by the pri ate firms and the tate or Central
Governments, e.g., Oil India Limited. At present it is popularly known as Public Private
Partnership (PPP).
l Cooperative sector industries are owned and managed on cooperative basis by those who are
producers of raw materials, e.g., sugar mills run by farmers producing sugarcane.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l On the basis of si e, the industries can be classified as, a large scale industries b medium
scale industries (c) small scale industries.
l Large-scale Industries are those which employ large number of workers in each unit and produce
on a large scale with huge investment on raw material and machinery, e.g., Automobile industry,
iron and steel industry etc.
l Medium-scale Industries employ neither too large nor too small number of workers, e.g., cycle
industry, radio industry, paper mills etc.
l Small-scale Industries are the small industries run by individuals in which a few workers are employed
N
and goods produced are mostly for daily consumption, e g , rice mill, our mill and ba ery etc
HA
l e tile is a broad term hich includes all the fi e types of fibres, i e , cotton, ute, ool, sil
and synthetic fibre
l he cotton te tile industry of ndia is the first manufacturing industry in ndia
AS
l At present, cotton textile manufacturing is the largest organized modern industry in India.
l The industry has developed all over India, but the largest number of mills are situated in
Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.
AK
l Although cotton textile is the most important industry, it suffers from various problems like,
scarcity of raw material, obsolete machinery, inadequate power supply, low productivity of labour,
stiff competition etc.
PR
l The National Textile Corporation was set up to solve the problems of the sick mills and has
since taken over about 125 sick mills.
l odern sugar industry came into being in the middle of th century hen it as first introduced
RS
by the D utch in north Bihar in 1840.

l Today, the sugar industry is the second largest agro-based industry after cotton in the world and
provides employment to lakhs of people.
HE
l Sugarcane is heavy and perishable raw material and therefore it has to be crushed within 24
hours, else the sucrose content of the sugarcane is reduced.
OT
l Sugarcane cannot be easily transported over long distances as the increase of cost of transportation
would increase the cost of production and also sugarcane juice may dry up on the way.
l There are three types of sugar made from sugarcane juice. (a) gur or jaggary (made by boiling
BR
sugarcane juice) (b) khandsari (made by the age-old method of separating molasses from sucrose)
(c) white sugar (produced by sugar factories).
l By-products of sugar industry are, (a) Molasses (b) Bagasse and (c) Press mud.
l roblems faced by sugar industry are, a lo and irregular supply of ra material b uctuations
L
in the output of sugarcane (c) short crushing season (d) small and uneconomic size of sugar
YA
mills (e) old and obsolete machinery (f) imbalanced distribution of sugar mills (g) non-use of
by-products etc.
l Sugar industry has two areas of concentration, i.e., (a) U ttar Pradesh, Bihar, Haryana and Punjab
O
in the north, covering most of the Ganga Plains (b) Maharashtra and Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and
Andhra Pradesh/ Telangana in the south.
G
1. State the geographical factors affecting the location of industries.
Ans. The natural features of the earth’s surface like climate and soil are called geographical factors.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Geographical factors affecting the location of industries involve raw materials, power supply,
water, labour, transport, market, site and climate.
2. W hat are the non-geographical factors affecting the location of industries?
Ans. Non-geographical factors affecting the location of industries are, capital, government policies,
ban and credit facilities and an efficient organi ation etc
3. How power supply is the most important requirement of a modern industry?
Ans. Power supply is the most important requirement of a modern industry because of the
N
mechanization of industries. Thermal and hydroelectric power are the main sources of electric
power. Most of the industries tend to concentrate near the sources of energy. F or example, the Tata
HA
Iron and Steel Industry at Jamshedpur and the aluminium producing unit at Korba (Chhattisgarh).
4. t times the location of an industry is determined by the location of the ra materials re uired
Justify the statement.
AS
Ans. At times the location of an industry is determined by the location of the raw materials required
in order to have the reduced cost of production. F or example, sugar industry is always located
in the close icinity of sugarcane fields, iron and steel industry is located near the iron ore and
AK
coalfields as the transport cost reduces considerably
5. How the government plays an important role in the planning and the location of industries?
Ans. The government plays an important role in the overall planning of resources and location of
PR
industries besides solving other problems of public, pollution and other disparities etc. Government
also sets up industrial zones where it supplies land, water and electricity at reasonable rates in
order to increase the output of industries.
RS
6. State the importance of transport in location of industries.

Ans. Transport is very important to bring in the heavy raw materials to the industries and to supply
the finished products to its destination he de elopment of rail ays in ndia, connecting the
HE
port towns with hinterland, determined the location of many heavy industries around Kolkata,
Mumbai and Chennai. Many industries are also located near navigable rivers, canals and sea
coasts. Main aim is to save the cost of transportation.
OT
7. How climate affects the location of cotton textile industry?

Ans. Climate greatly affects the location of certain industries such as cotton textile industry. Cotton
BR
textile industry needs warm and humid climate because the thread manufactured tends to break
in dry climate. F or example, Mumbai in Maharashtra is the most important cotton textile center.
Its moderate climate is ideal for cotton textile industry.
8. i e the classification on industries on the basis of consumption of ra material
L
Ans. On the basis of consumption of raw materials, there are two types of industries:
YA
(i) Heavy industry

(ii) Light industry
9. W hat are heavy industries? Give two examples.
O
Ans. Heavy Industries need more capital, sophisticated equipment, skilled and unskilled labour and
large uantity of ra materials ts finished products are also hea y
G
E xamples are, Iron and steel industry, locomotives and automobiles etc.
10. W hat are light industries? Give two examples.
Ans. ight ndustries need less capital and less number of or ers ts finished products are also light
in weight.
Examples are, E lectric goods, TV sets and sewing machines etc.
11. i e the classification of industries on the basis of source of ra material
Ans. n the basis of source of ra material industries can be classified as
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(i) Agro-based industries (ii) Mineral-based industries

(iii) Animal-based industries (iv) F orest-based industries
12. W hat are agro-based industries? Give two examples.
Ans. Agro-based Industries are those industries which depend on agriculture for the supply of their
raw materials. E xamples: Sugar, jute, cotton, vegetable oil and food processing industries.
13. W hat are mineral based industries? Give two examples.
Ans. Mineral-based Industries are those industries which receive their raw materials from minerals.
N
Examples: Iron and steel, aluminium, cement and shipbuilding industries.
14. W hat are animal-based industries? Give two examples.
HA
Ans. Animal-based Industries depend on animals for their supply of raw materials.
Examples: silk, dairy products, poultry, hides and skins and leather industries.
15. W hat are the private sector industries? Give two examples.
AS
Ans. ri ate sector industries are managed and o ned by indi idual industrialists or firms amples
are, manufacturing of engineering and electronic goods, Tata Iron and Steel industry.
AK
16. W hat are public sector industries? Give two examples.
Ans. Public Sector Industries are owned and controlled by State or Central Governments. These
industries comprise public utilities li e rail ays, transport ser ices, post and telegraph, refineries,
irrigation projects and defense establishments etc.
PR
Examples: Companies like Bharat Heavy E lectricals Limited, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited
and E lectronic Corporation of India.
RS
17. W hat are joint sector industries? Give an example.

Ans. oint ector ndustries are ointly managed by the pri ate firms and the tate or Central
Governments. E xample: Oil India Limited. Now called, Public Private Partnership (PPP).
HE
18. efine Co operati e sector industries ith an e ample

Ans. Co-operative sector industries are owned and managed on co-operative basis by those who are
producers of raw materials. E xample: Sugar mills run by farmers producing sugarcane.
OT
19. W hat are small scale industries? Give two examples.

Ans. Small scale Industries are the industries set up with less investment. These industries are run
BR
by individuals in which a few workers are employed and goods produced are mostly for daily
consumption ample, rice mill, our mill and ba ery etc
20. W hich is the largest organized modern textile industry in India.
Ans. At present, cotton textile manufacture is the largest organized modern industry in India. The
L
industry has developed all over India, but the largest number of mills are situated in Maharashtra,
YA
Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.

21. W hich state is the most important cotton cloth producing state of India?
Ans. Maharashtra is the most important cotton cloth producing state of our country. It produces nearly
O
40% of the mill cloth in India. Nearly 3 lakh workers are engaged in this industry in the state.
t is often called the Cottonopolis of ndia
G
22. W hat is the position of Gujarat in producing cotton?

Ans. Gujarat is the second largest producer of cotton textile in India. It accounts for nearly 23% of
the total mill cloth production. Ahmedabad is the largest center where 73 out of 118 mills of
Gujarat are located.
23. W hich state is called the anchester of ndia
Ans. Tamil Nadu is an important cotton textile producer. Although Tamil Nadu produces only about
6% of the total mill cloth of India, the state excels in yarn production and accounts for nearly
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
one third of the total yarn production of the country t is often called the anchester of outh
India’.
24. State two features of cotton textile industries located in U ttar Pradesh.
Ans. Two features are as follows:
(i) Most of the cotton textile industries have developed along the western part of U ttar Pradesh.
Kanpur is the largest center.
(ii) Other centers are Moradabad, Lucknow, Modinagar, E tawah, Agra and Saharanpur.
25. hen as the first sugar industry introduced in ndia
N
Ans. India has a long tradition of manufacturing sugar and is known as homeland of sugar. In ancient
HA
times, only gurand khandsariwere made. Modern sugar industry came into being in the middle
of th century hen it as first introduced by the utch in north ihar in
Today, the sugar industry is the second largest agro-based industry after cotton in the world and
AS
provides employment to lakhs of people.
26. Name the products of sugar industry.
Ans. There are three types of sugar made from sugarcane juice.
AK
(i) Gur or jaggary (made by boiling sugarcane juice).
(ii) Khandsari (made by the age-old method of separating molasses from sucrose).
(iii) W hite sugar (produced by sugar factories). PR
27. W hat is molasses? W hat are its uses?
Ans. olasses is a iscous product resulting from refining sugarcane or sugar beets t is a thic , dar
brown liquid that is produced during the process of making sugar. It is used in cooking. It is
RS
also used for the manufacture of fertilizer, D D T, power alcohol, synthetic rubber, plastic, rum,
chemicals and cattle-feed etc.
28. W hat is bagasse? W hat are its uses?
HE
Ans. agasse is the dry fibrous residue remaining after the e traction of uice from the crushed stal s
of sugarcane. It serves as the raw material for paper industry. It is also used for making cardboard.
OT
29. W hat is Press Mud? W hat are its uses?

Ans. ress mud is the residue of the filtration of sugarcane uice t is collected at the bottom of the
uice hich contains insoluble salts and fine bagasse t is used for ma ing a , shoe polish
BR
and carbon paper. It is rich in potassium, sodium, phosphorous, and organic. Press mud is also
a base material for producing bio-earth which is done by composting.
30. Give two reasons why the cotton textile industry has developed in Mumbai.
Ans. Cotton textile industry has developed in Mumbai because of the presence of humid climate and
L
blac cotton soil t also gets cheap ydro electric po er and good mar et for finished goods
YA
31. Mention two advantages of setting up a small scale industry.

Ans. Two advantages are:
(i) Small industries are run by individuals in which only few workers are required.
O
(ii) Investment is less and goods produced are mostly for daily consumption.
G
32. W hat is the main difference between a public sector and a private sector industry?
Ans. Public sector industries are owned and controlled by State or Central Governments. These
comprise public utilities like, railways, defense services etc.
Private sector industries are managed and o ned by indi idual industrialists or firms e g ,
manufacturing engineering and electronic goods.
33. Mention two problems of the cotton textile industry in India.
Ans. Two main problems are as follows:
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(i) F luctuations in the availability of raw material as it is agriculture based

(ii) F requent power cut and low productivity of labour
34. W hich is the second largest producer of cotton textile in India?
Ans. Gujarat is the second largest producer of cotton textile in India. It accounts for nearly 23% of
the mill cloth production. Ahmedabad is the largest center where 73 out of 118 mills of Gujarat
are located.
N
1. W hich is the most important textile center of W est Bengal? W hat are the advantages available
HA
to it?
Ans. Kolkata is the most important textile center of W est Bengal. It enjoys the following advantages:
(i) Coal is available from Raniganj.
AS
(ii) Gets facilities of local labour supply.
(iii) Availability of a big market and large demand of cotton cloth.
2. Mention the three main problems faced by sugar industry.
AK
Ans. Sugar industry in India suffers from several serious problems which call for immediate attention.
Some of these are stated below:
(i) Low and irregular supply of raw material — Although India has the largest area under sugar-
PR
cane cultivation, the yield per hectare is very low as compared to other sugarcane producing
areas of the world. This results in low productivity and shortage of supply of sugarcane to
sugar mills.
RS
(ii) F luctuations in the output of sugarcane — This industry is primarily agro-based and hence
seasonal. F luctuations in the production of sugarcane occur because of erratic nature of
monsoon.
HE
(iii) Short crushing season — Being a seasonal crop, the crushing season varies from 4 to 7
months. Since the sugarcane cannot be stored, the mills work only during its growing season.
The mills and workers remain idle during the remaining period of the year, thus creating
OT
financial problems for the or ers and the o ners of the mills ali e
3. Give geographical reason for each of the following:
(i) The survey of market demand is necessary while setting up an industry.
BR
ii fficient and enterprising organi ation and management is essential for running an industry
(iii) Sugar mills are located close to sugarcane growing areas.
Ans. (i) The survey of market demand is necessary while setting up an industry because the entire
L
process of manufacturing is useless until the finished product reaches its mar et or e ample,
YA
woolens have a better market scope in the north which experiences extreme cold, while
in the south, which practically has no winter, the demand for the woolens will be nearly
negligible. Secondly, nearness to market saves on transportation cost. Moreover, a ready
market is essential for perishable commodities.
O
ii fficient and enterprising organi ation and managementis essential for running an industry as
G
it tackles labour problems and avoids strikes and lockouts. This will result in greater output
at low cost.
(iii) Sugar mills are located close to sugarcane growing areas because sugarcane is heavy
and perishable raw material and it has to be crushed within 24 hours. It cannot be easily
transported over long distances as the increase of cost of transportation would increase the
cost of production and also sugarcane juice may dry up on the way.
4. W hat are the major factors contributing to the concentration of textile industry in and around
Mumbai? State any four factors.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. The major factors contributing to the concentration of textile industry in and around Mumbai
are:
(i) The black cotton soil in the hinterland of Mumbai provides cotton as basic raw material.
(ii) Humid climate of shore-based Mumbai is ideal for this industry as the thread does not break
so easily.
(iii) Cheap hydroelectric power is available from Tata hydroelectric grid from W estern Ghats.
5. State the factors responsible for concentration of textile industry in Ahmedabad.
N
Ans. The factors responsible for concentration of textile industry in Ahmedabad are:
(i) Ahmedabad is situated right in the centre of the cotton-producing area, hence raw cotton is
HA
readily available.
(ii) It has a humid climate which is ideal for cotton thread.
(iii) It has the advantage of both Kandla (free-trade zone) and Mumbai for export and import;
AS
these are well connected by road and rail to Ahmedabad.
6. State any three problems of cotton textile industry of India.
AK
Ans. Although cotton textile is the most important industry, it suffers from various problems. Some
of the most important are:
(i) Scarcity of raw material — The raw material supply is not adequate.
PR
(ii) Obsolete machinery — Most of the mills have obsolete machinery being 20 to 30 years old
as compared to an average life of about 10 years in other developed countries. This has
resulted in low productivity and inferior quality.
RS
(iii) Inadequate power supply — W ith increasing population, the problem of power supply is
becoming acute and the industry suffers from shortage of power.
7. rie y discuss the factors responsible for location of sugar industry in ndia
HE
Ans. F actors responsible for location of sugar industry in India are:

(i) Sugar industry in India is based on production of sugarcane which serves as its main raw
OT
material.
(ii) Sugarcane is heavy and perishable raw material and therefore it has to be crushed within 24
hours, else the sucrose content is reduced.
BR
(iii) Since the sugar industry depends heavily on the supply of fresh cane, most of the industries
are located in the vicinity of sugarcane-growing areas, especially within a radius of 25 km.
8. ol ata is an important cotton manufacturing center e en though est engal is not leading
L
in the production of cotton.’ Give reasons.

YA
Ans. Kolkata is an important cotton manufacturing center even though W est Bengal is not leading in
the production of cotton due to the following favourable factors.
(i) Plenty of water is available from the Ganga River and its tributaries.
O
(ii) Power is available from D amodar River V alley Project.

(iii) Kolkata is a port well connected by roads and railways.
G
9. ention three factors that ha e helped the sugar industry to ourish in the peninsular region
rather than in the northern region of India.
Ans. ugar industry has ourished in the southern ndia due to the follo ing factors
(i) Sugarcane grows better in the South India because it is a tropical crop.
(ii) Southern region has the black soil and frost-free days.
(iii) The sugar mills are near the plantations so there is no loss of sucrose.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
10. W hy is the cotton textile industry called an agro-based industry? Give an important reason for
it being more widespread than the jute industry.
Ans. Cotton textile industry is called an agro-based industry because it requires cotton, an agricultural
product as its raw material. It is more widespread than the jute textile industry because
(i) Cotton is grown all over the country, whereas, jute is cultivated mainly in the eastern part
of India.
(ii) There is great demand for cotton all over the country, hence mills are set up at many places.
N
On the other hand, the demand for jute is declining as it is facing stiff competition from
synthetic material like nylon and plastic.
HA
(iii) India being a tropical country, there is more demand for cotton fabrics.
11. State three major problems faced by the sugar industry. Name the by-products of the sugar
industry.
AS
Ans. Sugar industry in India faces the following problems:
(i) Poor quality of sugarcane is available as raw material.
ii armers ha e lo profit margins in the production of sugarcane as the prices are fi ed by
AK
the government.
iii ugar mills are located far from fields, leading to the loss of sucrose content
PR
By-products of sugar industry are:
(i) Molasses (ii) Bagasse (iii) Press mud.
12. State the differences between the Sugar Industry of Northern and Peninsular India.
RS
Ans. There are marked differences between the sugar industries of the northern and peninsular India.
As a result of better conditions prevailing in peninsular India, the sugar industry is gradually
shifting from North India to Peninsular India. The reasons for this shifting are:
HE
(i) Tapering shape of peninsular India has tropical climate which is ideal for growing sugarcane.
(ii) The black soil, higher temperature, good amount of rainfall or irrigation and frost-free
growing season are best suited geographical conditions which give higher yield per unit as
OT
compared to north India.

(iv) The crushing season is longer in the south than in the north. F or example, the crushing season
BR
in north is only 4 to 7 months from November to F ebruary, whereas, it is 7 to 8 months in

the south, where it starts in October and continues till May and June.
13. Give the main reasons why Mumbai (Maharashtra) is an important cotton textile industry center.
Ans. Mumbai in Maharashtra is the most important cotton cloth producing state of our country. It
L
produces nearly 40% of the mill cloth in India. Nearly 3 lakh workers are engaged in this industry
YA
in the state t is often called Cottonopolis of ndia

The major factors contributing to the concentration of textile industry in and around Mumbai
are:
O
(i) The black cotton soil in the hinterland of Mumbai which provides cotton as basic raw material.
G
(ii) Humid climate of shore-based Mumbai which is ideal for this industry as the thread does
not break so easily.
(iii) Cheap hydroelectric power which is available from Tata hydroelectric grid from W estern
Ghats.
14. ugar industries should be located close to the sugarcane gro ing areas i e reasons
Ans. Sugar industry in India is based on production of sugarcane which serves as its main raw material.
Sugar industries should be located close to the sugarcane growing areas due to the following
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
reasons:
(i) Sugarcane is heavy and perishable raw material and therefore it has to be crushed within 24
hours, else the sucrose content is reduced.
(ii) Since the sugar industry depends heavily on the supply of fresh cane, most of the industries
are located in the vicinity of sugarcane-growing areas, especially within a radius of 25 km.
(iii) Sugarcane cannot be easily transported over long distances as the increase of cost of
transportation would increase the cost of production and also sugarcane may dry up on the
N
way.
15. State the different uses of the by-products of sugar industry.
HA
Ans. By-products of sugar industry are the following:
i olasses t is a iscous product resulting from refining sugarcane or sugar beets t is
a thick, dark brown liquid that is produced during the process of making sugar. It is used
AS
in cooking. It is also used for the manufacture of fertilizer, D D T, power alcohol, synthetic
rubber, plastic, rum, chemicals and cattle-feed.
ii agasse t is the dry fibrous residue remaining after the e traction of uice from the
AK
crushed stalks of sugarcane. It serves as the raw material for paper industry. It is also used
for making cardboard.
iii ress mud t is the residue of the filtration of sugarcane uice t is collected at the bottom
PR
of the uice hich contains insoluble salts and fine bagasse t is used for ma ing a , shoe
polish and carbon paper. It is rich in potassium, sodium, phosphorous, and organic. Press
mud is also a base material for producing bio-earth which is done by composting.
RS
16. Give a geographical reason for each of the following:

(i) Production cost of sugar can be reduced.
HE
(ii) Capital is one of the most important factors while setting up an industry.
(iii) Tamil Nadu is an important cotton textile producer.
Ans. Geographical reasons are as follows:
OT
(i) Production cost of sugar can be reduced by exploiting the above by-products which form
raw materials for the various important industries.
(ii) Capital is one of the most important factors while setting up an industry as most of the
BR
industries are capital-intensive and require a huge investment.

(iii) Although Tamil Nadu produces only about 6% of the mill cloth of India, the state excels in
yarn production and accounts for nearly 1/ 3r d of the total yarn production of the country.
L
Therefore, Tamil Nadu is an important cotton textile center.

YA
v v v
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Manufacturing Industries in
8 India – I : Mineral-based
SUMMARY
N
l Mineral based industries are primary industries that use mineral ores as their raw materials e.g.,
iron made from iron ore is the product of mineral based industry which is used as raw material
HA
for the manufacture of a number of other products, such as heavy machinery, building materials
railway coaches etc.
l Iron and Steel industry is the key element in the heavy industrial structure of a nation.
AS
l It is often called the basic industry and forms the backbone of the industrial economy as most
of the important industries such as automobile, locomotives, rail tracks, shipbuilding, machine
and tools and manufacture of defense equipment etc., depend on iron and steel industry.
AK
l An integrated steel plant is one where all the three processes from melting of iron ore in the
blast furnace to steel making followed by shaping of the metal by rolling is carried out under
one complex.
PR
l Mini steel plants are decentralized secondary units mostly located in the areas away from
integrated plants to meet the local demand.

l Tata Steel Company a private sector enterprise. is the oldest and the largest steel industry of
RS
India.
l The company changed its name to Tata Steel from TISCO in 2005.
HE
l It was established in 1907 by Jamshedji Tata at Sakchi in Singhbhum D istrict of Jharkhand and
later on, it was named as Jamshedpur after Jamshedji.

l ata teel produces pig iron, soft iron, cast iron and alloy, steel, at steel products, long steel
OT
products, wire products and plates.

l They also produce chemicals, locomotive parts, agricultural equipment, machinery, tin plate and
cable.
BR
l Rourkela Steel Plant is situated in the Sundargarh D istrict of north Odisha.
l t as set up in collaboration ith the est erman firm rupps and emag during the econd
F ive-Y ear Plan and it started its production in 1959.

L
l Rourkela Steel Plant is well known for its latest technology in steel making.
YA
l The plant produces heavy steel plates, sheets and strips which are used for railway wagons,
boilers, railway coaches and shipbuilding.

l This plant also supports a fertilizer plant nearby which uses the by-products released by it.
O
l E lectronics industry covers a wide range of products including television sets, transistor sets,
telephone exchanges, cellular telecom, paging, computers and varied equipment for defense,
G
railway and meteorological department.

l It is practically a post-Independence phenomenon and has revolutionized the life-style of the
Indian masses in the recent past.

l Bengaluru is the largest center of electronic goods production and is rightly termed as the
lectronic Capital of ndia’, with a view to develop broadcasting and telecommunications.

l he ndian elephone ndustries , the first go ernment underta ing as established near
Bengaluru in 1950.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l The Bharat E lectronics Ltd. (BE L), another public sector unit at Bengaluru was set up in 1956
to meet the electronics needs of the defense services, All India Radio and the meteorological
department.
l The E lectronics Corporation of India Ltd. (E CIL) was set up in Hyderabad in 1970.
l engaluru is called the ilicon alley of ndia due to large number of information technology
companies located there.
l engaluru industry is di ided into t o main clusters, i e , electronic city and hite field
N
l New clusters in Bellandur, Hebbal and Challanghatta have emerged in last few years along the
outer and inner ring roads.
HA
l hite field is home to international tech par , angaluru and as created as a oint enture
between India and Singapore.
AS
l All the IT companies like D E L, TCS, ORACLE , GE and iGATE are situated in Bengaluru.
l Bengaluru is also hub to many high tech companies like Infosys, W ipro, Tata and Accenture etc.
l Hyderabad is another major software industry centre in Telangana and in Hyderabad, a centre
AK
of several IT Industries is called HITE C city or more aptly called Cyberabad.
l Indian electronic industry has contributed a lot to space technology.
l
l
National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) is at Hyderabad. PR
Remote sensing is a technique to acquire information about objects from the measurements made
from a distance in space without any contact with the object.
RS
l V arious sensors like satellites are used to collect the relevant data and then it is processed to
gather information about the earth.
l Satellite launching Station is located at Sriharikota (SHAR).
HE
l Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is located at Bengaluru, Karnataka.

l Petrochemical is a chemical substance obtained from petroleum or natural gas, as gasoline,
OT
kerosene, or petroleum.
l olythene, inyl, C of plastic group, nylon, dacron, tetron, terylene, acrilon of synthetic fibre
group and synthetic rubber are the petrochemical products.
BR
l Gradually traditional raw materials are being replaced by petrochemical products, both in
domestic sectors and industrial sectors.
l he first petrochemical comple as established by nion Carbide ndia td at rombayin
L
and the entire technology and management is controlled by multinational U nion Carbide.
l he de plant at oyali efinery u arat for the production of ben ene and toluene as
YA
commissioned in 1969.
l he ndian etrochemicals Corporation td C as the first public sector enterprise,
O
incorporated in March 1969 at Jawahar Nagar (near V adodara) in Gujarat.

l This company is responsible for the manufacture and distribution of various petrochemicals such
G
as polymers, synthetic organic chemicals and polyester fibres

l etrochemical comple at ongaigaon is an ad unct to the oil refinery located here and produces
polyester fibre and ortho ycline
l There is a petrochemical complex at Barauni built with collaboration of Russia and Romania.
l Haldia Petrochemical and Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation (MCC) have major factories at Haldia
in W est Bengal.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
1. State two importance of iron and steel industry.
Ans. Two importance of iron and steel industry are as follows:
(i) Iron and Steel industry is the key element in the heavy industrial structure of a nation.
(ii) It is often called the basic industry and forms the backbone of the industrial economy as
N
most of the important industries such as automobile, locomotives, rail tracks, shipbuilding,
machine and tools and manufacture of defense equipment etc., depend on iron and steel
HA
industry.
2. W hat is an integrated steel plant?
Ans. An integrated steel plant is one where all the three processes from melting of iron ore in the
AS
blast furnace to steel making followed by shaping of the metal by rolling is carried out under
one complex.
3. W hat are mini steel plants?
AK
Ans. Mini steel plants are decentralized secondary units. They use electric arc and induction furnaces
for processing. They use scrap iron and sponge iron which are easily available. They produce
alloy steel, mild steel and stainless steel. They also produce liquid steel which is turned into
ingots.
PR
4. State two advantages of mini steel plants.
Ans. Two advantages of mini steel plants are as follows:
RS
(i) They use scrap iron which is easily available in the country and is comparatively cheap.
(ii) They do not use heavy capital investment and do not cause pollution.
5. W hat are two disadvantages of mini steel plants?
HE
Ans. Two disadvantages are as follows:

(i) Mini steel plant is totally dependent on electric power.
OT
(ii) They consume more power per unit weight of steel produced than the integrated steel plant.
6. Give the names of the large integrated iron and steel plants located in india.
Ans. The major iron and steel plants in India are as follows:
BR
(i) Tata Steel Company — Private sector

(ii) Bhilai Steel Plant — F irst public sector plant set up in technical collaboration with the U SSR
(now Russia)
L
(iii) Rourkela Steel Plant — Set up in collaboration with W est Germany (now Germany)
(iv) V isakhapatnam Steel Project
YA
7. W hen was Tata Steel Company established? W ho established it?

Ans. Tata Steel Company is the oldest and the largest steel industry of India. The company changed
its name to Tata Steel from TISCO in 2005. It is a private sector enterprise. It was established
O
in 1907 by Jamshedji Tata at Sakchi in Singhbhum D istrict of Jharkhand. Later on, it was named
as Jamshedpur after Jamshedji.
G
8. W hat is the position of Tata Steel Company in the world?

Ans. Tata Steel Company is an Indian multinational steel making company based in Jamshedpur,
Jharkhand and is headquartered in Mumbai, Maharashtra, India.
Tata Steel is among the top steel producing companies in the world with an annual crude steel
capacity of million tonnes per annum t is one of the orld s most geographically di ersified
steel producers, with operations and commercial presence across the world.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
9. W hich products are produced by Tata Steel Company?

Ans. ata steel plant produces pig iron, soft iron, cast iron and alloy, steel, at steel products, long
steel products, wire products and plates.
They also produce chemicals, locomotive parts, agricultural equipment, machinery, tin plate and
cable.
10. Mention any two areas from where Tata Steel Company is getting raw material for production.
Ans. Two areas for raw material are:
N
(i) Tata Steel Company is getting high-grade haematite iron ore from Noamundi mines of
Singhbhum in Jharkhand and Mayurbhanj in Odisha.
HA
ii t is getting coal from haria coalfields and manganese from eon har istrict in disha
11. W here is Rourkela Steel Plant set up? W hen it started its production?
Ans. Rourkela Steel Plant is situated in the Sundargarh D istrict of north Odisha.
AS
t as set up in collaboration ith the est erman firm rupps and emag during the econd
F ive-Y ear Plan.It started its production in 1959.I t is well known for its latest technology in steel
AK
making.
12. How Rourkela Steel Plant supports other industries? Mention the products of it.
Ans. Rourkela Steel Plant produces heavy steel plates, sheets and strips which are used for railway
PR
wagons, boilers, railway coaches and shipbuilding.
This plant also supports a fertilizer plant nearby which uses the by-products released by it.
V isakhapatnam shipyards get their supply of heavy plates from this plant.
RS
13. Mention the areas from where Rourkela Steel Plant is able to get iron and coal.
Ans. Iron ore is obtained from Sundargarh and Keonjhar D istrict, being 77 km from its location.
HE
Coal is brought from haria located m from the plant , alcher and orba coalfields
14. W hat do you mean by electronics industry?
Ans. The electronics industry is the economic sector that produces electronic devices. It emerged in
OT
the 20th century and is today one of the largest global industries.
It is the business of creating, designing, producing, and selling devices such as radios, televisions,
stereos, computers, semiconductors, transistors, and integrated circuits etc.
BR
15. W hich is the largest center of electronic goods in India?

Ans. Bengaluru is the largest centre of electronic goods production and is rightly termed as the
E lectronic Capital of India, with a view to develop broadcasting and telecommunications.
L
he ndian elephone ndustries , the first go ernment underta ing to be set up after
YA
Independence was established near Bengaluru in 1950.

16. Name the products supplied by electronics industry.
Ans. In India, the products supplied by E lectronics industry includes automatic telephone switching
O
systems, teleprinter exchanges, long distance transmission systems and electronic test instruments
and components.
G
t present, it has di ersified its production range to meet the needs of the post and telegraph
departments, railways, defence, overseas communication services and electricity boards.
17. W hy was the Bharat E lectronics Limited set up?
Ans. The Bharat E lectronics Ltd. (BE L), another public sector unit at Bengaluru was set up in 1956
to meet the electronics needs of the defence services, All India Radio and the meteorological
department.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
18. W hen was the E lectronics Corporation of India Ltd. (E CIL) set up? W hat is its unique feature?
Ans. The E lectronics Corporation of India Ltd. (E CIL) was set up in Hyderabad in 1970. The unique
feature of this unit is the total absence of any foreign collaboration for the know-how.
19. Name the products produced by E CIL.
Ans. E lectronics Corporation India Limited (E CIL) manufactures transistorized modular systems for
nuclear applications and for use in medical, agricultural and industrial fields t also manufactures,
components like wire wound and metal oxide resistors, analog computers and online digital
N
process control computers. It also has a well-equipped laboratory where tests are carried out.
20. Into how many clusters Bengaluru IT industry divided?
HA
Ans. engaluru industry is di ided into t o main clusters, i e , electronic city and hite field
lectronic city clusters in ellandur, ebbal and Challanghatta ha e emerged in last fe
years along the outer and inner ring roads.
AS
hite field is home to international tech par , engaluru t as created as a oint enture
between India and Singapore.
All the IT companies like D E L, TCS, ORACLE , GE and iGATE are situated here. Bengaluru
AK
is also hub to many high-tech companies like Infosys, W ipro, Tata and Accenture etc.
21. W hat are the favourable factors for the growth of software industry in Bengaluru.
PR
Ans. The growth of Software industry, especially in Bengaluru is due to the following favourable
factors:
(i) Progressive government policies.
(ii) Readily available world class information technology infrastructure.
RS
iii leasant and comfortable climate to allo efficient or ing

(iv) Centre for international conferences and various workshops.
HE
22. W hich place in India is known as High Tech city? Name the software companies located there.
Ans. Hyderabad is a major software industry centre in Telangana. In Hyderabad a centre of several
IT Industries is called HITE C city or more aptly called Cyberabad.
OT
The companies set up there include Accenture, Amazon, IBM, Infosys, Microsoft, Oracle and
W ipro technologies etc. growth of software industry in Bengaluru.
23.he production of audio systems has registered a phenomenal gro th during the recent past
BR
Comment.
Ans. The production of audio systems has registered a phenomenal growth during the recent past.
he audio industry can broadly be classified as mono players, stereo players, mini systems, C
L
based systems and car audios. The mono players and stereo players contribute more than 50%
YA
of the market. The top three players in the market are Philips, BPL and V ideocon. The main
centres of production are Mumbai, D elhi, Kolkata, Chennai and Pune.
24. Answer the following question:
O
(i) W here is the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) located?

(ii) W here is the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO)?
G
Ans. (i) National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) is at Hyderabad.

(ii) Indian Research Organisation (ISRO) is at Bengaluru, Karnataka.
25. hat is meant by emote ensing
Ans. Remote sensing is a technique to acquire information about objects from the measurements made
is from a distance in space without any contact with the object. V arious sensors like satellites are
used to collect the relevant data and then it is processed to gather information about the earth.
26. hat is etrochemical
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. etrochemicals can be defined as a large group of chemicals deri ed from natural gas and
petroleum and further used for a variety of chemical purposes, which are extremely important
in modern civilization.
27. W hat are petrochemicals used for?
Ans. Petrochemicals are used to produce consumer products such as aspirin, detergents, shampoo,
pesticides, mil ugs, gasoline, carpeting, synthetic fibers and rubbers, insulating materials, paints,
polyester clothes, automobiles, and others.
N
28. How the petrochemical industry derives its raw material?
Ans. The petrochemical industry mainly derives its raw materials from petroleum, LPG and
HA
coal. Cracking of petroleum increases the production of petroleum polymerization process.
Polymerization is again used to produce petroleum by-products like plastics, synthetic rubber,
synthetic fibre, C, detergents and others
ts ma or ra materials are collected from coal and petroleum fields as these industries are
AS
concentrated in petroleum and coal field regions
29. W hat are the products of Petrochemical Industry?
AK
Ans. olythene, inyl, C of plastic group, nylon, dacron, tetron, terylene, acrilon of synthetic fibre
group and synthetic rubber are the products of petrochemical industry.
30. W here are the following located? PR
(i) SHAR (ii) ISRO
Ans. (i) Satellite launching Station (SHAR) is located at Sriharikota.
(ii) Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is located at Bengaluru, Karnataka.
RS
B. LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (3 Marks Each)

1. Answer the following questions:
HE
(i) W hat are petrochemicals? Name any two products made from petrochemicals.
(ii) W hy has the electronics industry grown in importance?
OT
(iii) Mention three advantages that a mini plant has over an integrated steel plant.
Ans. (i) Petrochemicals are organic chemicals derived from petroleum. Products made from petroleum
are, synthetic fibres, synthetic rubber, adhesi es, printing in , carbon paper etc
BR
(ii) E lectronics industry has grown in importance because,

t pro ides employment
t is re uired for space e ploration
t is re uired for information technology
L
(iii) Mini plant has many advantages over an integrated plant. They are:
YA
ini plant uses scrap hich is easily a ailable

t does not re uire a large capital in estment
t uses electric furnaces and thereby reduces the consumption of coal
O
2. hat is the significance of the lectronics industry in recent times ame t o cities that ha e
G
leading Software Companies in India.

Ans. The electronics industry is the economic sector that produces electronic devices. It emerged in
the 20th century and is today one of the largest global industries.
It is the business of creating, designing, producing, and selling devices such as radios, televisions,
stereos, computers, semiconductors, transistors, and integrated circuits etc.
In recent times, it is helping in meeting the needs of the postal departments, railways, defence,
overseas communication services and electricity boards.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Two cities having leading software companies are:

(i) Bengaluru (ii) Hyderabad
3. Give three reasons as to why there is a large concentration of iron and steel plants in the Chhota
Nagpur Region.
Ans. Three reasons are as follows:
(i) Availability of coal from D amodar V alley
(ii) Availability of iron ore from Singhbhum and other mines.
N
(iii) Cheap labour supply from highly populated areas of Bihar, Odisha and W est Bengal.
4. Name one integrated iron and steel plant in the private sector. W here does it obtain its iron and
HA
coal from?
Ans. Tata Iron and Steel Company (TISCO) is the integrated iron and steel plant in the private sector.
It obtains its raw material from the following areas.
AS
Iron – Singhbhum in Jharkhand, Mayurbhanj in Odisha and Borai in Odisha.
Coal – Jharia and Bokaro in Jharkhand.
AK
5. Name two raw materials used in petrochemical industry. State two advantages of petrochemical
products.
Ans. Raw materials used in the petrochemical industry are, organic chemical like naphtha, ethylene,
PR
benzene, propolene, polymare, L.P.G., natural gas and coal gas. (state any two)
Advantages of petrochemical products are the following:
(i) The raw materials are easily available since they are not agro-based.
RS
(ii) These are cost-effective, durable and economically stable

(iii) Goods are cheaper as produced on a large scale.
6. Give a geographical reason for each of the following:
HE
(i) Mini steel plants cause less pollution than integrated steel plants.
(ii) The electronic industry has made an impact on both entertainment and education.
OT
(iii) Iron and steel industry is called a basic industry.

Ans. Geographical reasons are as follows:
(i) Mini steel plants use electric furnaces, hence do not cause pollution. W hile integrated steel
BR
plants use blast furnaces and may cause pollution.

(ii) The electronic industry has made an impact both on education and entertainment because
electronics are used in T.V ., video players, tape recorders audio systems, computers and
L.C.D . projectors etc. Software is prepared to be used as teaching aid, such as D ata
L
processing, equipment, photo copy etc.

YA
(iii) Iron and steel industry is called basic industry because it supplies basic raw materials to all
other industries.
7. State two reasons for the growing importance of petrochemical industries. Name two products
O
of the petroleum industry.

Ans. Petrochemical is a chemical substance obtained from petroleum or natural gas, as gasoline,
G
kerosene, or petroleum.
In recent times, petrochemicals are gaining importance because the products are used to create
most of the everyday items we use. F rom vehicles to a variety of electronics, almost all of the
things we use today are powered by or made of petrochemicals. Increasing product demands
ha e led to the creation of more refineries and plants and thus the creation of more obs
Petrochemical products are everywhere and are integral to modern societies. They include plastics,
fertilisers, packaging, clothing, digital devices, medical equipment, detergents, tires and many
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
others. They are also found in many parts of the modern energy system, including solar panels,
wind turbine blades, batteries, thermal insulation for buildings, and electric vehicle parts.
8. W hat are the disadvantages of mini steel plants? Name the cities where mini steel plants are
located in India.
Ans. D isadvantages of Mini Steel plants are as follows:
(i) They are totally dependent on electric power.
(ii) They consume more power per unit weight of steel produced than the integrated steel plant.
N
In India, some of the mini steel plants are located at Kanpur, Jaipur, Pune, Hyderabad, Ranchi,
D elhi and Bhopal.
HA
9. he iron and steel industry constitutes the bac bone of modern industrial economy i e t o
reasons to justify the statement.
Ans. The iron and steel industry constitutes the backbone of modern industrial economy in the
AS
following ways:
(i) It supplies necessary machinery for production of various goods.
(ii) V arious products like automobile, locomotives, rail tracks, shipbuilding, machine and tools
AK
and defence equipment are made of iron and steel.
iii ron and steel is used in the construction of bridges and yo ers
(iv) It supports agriculture, fertlisers and cement industry. PR
(v) It provides infrastructure facilities like airports and seaports.
(vi) It provides material for construction of houses and buildings.
10. W hat are the advantages of mini steel plants?
RS
Ans. The Government of India is planning to set up some more mini-steel plants because they have
several advantages:
HE
(i) They use scrap iron which is easily available in the country and is comparatively cheap.
(ii) They do not use heavy capital investment.
(iii) They do not cause pollution.
OT
(iv) They produce special steel.

(v) They can be set up at any convenient place as they do not need huge infrastructure.
11. W hat are the important features of Tata Iron and Steel Company?
BR
Ans. This is the oldest and the largest steel industry of India. The company changed its name to Tata
Steel from TISCO in 2005. Its main features are:
(i) It is a private sector enterprise.
L
(ii) It was established in 1907 by Jamshedji Tata at Sakchi in Singhbhum D istrict of Jharkhand.
YA
Later on, it was named as Jamshedpur after Jamshedji.

(iii) Its production started in 191 1.
i he steel plant produces pig iron, soft iron, cast iron and alloy, steel, at steel products, long
O
steel products, wire products and plates.

(v) They also produce chemicals, locomotive parts, agricultural equipment, machinery, tin plate
G
and cable.
12. W hat are the favourable factors in the location of Tata Steel Company?
Ans. F avourable factors are as follows:
(i) High-grade haematite iron ore available from Noamundi mines of Singhbhum in Jharkhand
and Mayurbhanj in Odisha.
ii Coal from haria coalfields
(iii) Manganese from Keonjhar D istrict in Odisha.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
i olomite, limestone and fire clay used as u materials a ailable from undergarh in disha
and Singhbhum in Jharkhand.
(v) River Subarnarekha provides water for cooling purpose along with the water supply from
storage dam at Kharkai.
(vi) Jamshedpur being well connected with Kolkata, Mumbai and Chennai by road and railways,
pro ides ideal transport facilities for mo ing the ra materials and finished products
(vii) D ensely populated regions of Jharkhand and Odisha provide cheap labour.
N
13. W hat do you know about Rourkela Steel Plant? State its main characteristics.
Ans. Rourkela Steel Plant:
HA
(i) This plant is situated in the Sundargarh D istrict of north Odisha.
ii t as set up in collaboration ith the est erman firm rupps and emag during the
Second F ive-Y ear Plan.
AS
(iii) It started its production in 1959.
(iv) It is well known for its latest technology in steel making.
(v) It has contributed special steel for vehicles related to Indian Space Satellite Programme.
AK
(vi) The plant produces heavy steel plates, sheets and strips which are used for railway wagons,
boilers, railway coaches and shipbuilding.
(vii) This plant also supports a fertilizer plant nearby which uses the by-products released by it.
PR
(viii) V isakhapatnam shipyards get their supply of heavy plates from this plant.
14. W hat facilities are available to Rourkela Steel Plant?
Ans. Rourkela Steel Plant has the following facilities:
RS
(i) Iron ore is obtained from Sundargarh and Keonjhar D istrict, being 77 km from its location.
ii Coal is brought from haria located m from the plant , alcher and orba coalfields
HE
(iii) Power from Hirakud project located at a distance of 150 km.

(iv) Manganese from Barajmda, dolomite from Baradwar and Hirni mines in Madhya Pradesh
and limestone from Birmitrapur.
OT
(v) W ater supply from Brahmani river.

(vi) Cheap labour is available from nearby areas.
(vii) It is well connected to Kolkata through roads and railways and Kolkata is providing the port
BR
facilities for mo ement of ra materials and finished products

15. W hat are the problems of iron and steel industry in India?
Ans. Problems of Iron and Steel industry are:
L
(i) Capital investment : A large-scale industry like iron and steel needs huge capital investment.
t is difficult for a de eloping country li e ndia
YA
(ii) Foreign trade : Production of iron and steel falls short of our demand and India spends
crores of rupees to import these items.
O
(iii) Lack of technology

(iv) Low productivity
G
(v) Low potential utiliz ation : tri es, loc outs, energy crisis and inefficient administration
results in low potential utilization.
(vi) Heavy demand : E ven at low per capita consumption rate, the demand for iron and steel is
increasing and large quantities of iron and steel have to be imported. Therefore, production
has to be increased to save the precious foreign exchange.
16. Give the important points about Steel Authority of India.
Ans. Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) was established in 1973. It is a public sector undertaking
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
and is responsible for the management of steel plants at Bhilai, D urgapur, Rourkela, Bokaro and
Burnpur. It is also responsible for alloy steel plant at D urgapur and Salem Steel Plant. It took
over Indian Iron and Steel Company in 1976 and V isvesvaraya plant in 1989 .
(i) W hich city is termed as the E lectronic Capital of India?
(ii) hich as the first go ernment underta ing to be set up after ndependence
(iii) W hat is the production range of ITI?
N
Ans. (i) Bengaluru is the largest centre of electronic goods production and is rightly termed as the
E lectronic Capital of India, with a view to develop broadcasting and telecommunications.
HA
ii he ndian elephone ndustries , the first go ernment underta ing to be set up after
Independence was established near Bengaluru in 1950.
iii t present, it has di ersified its production range to meet the needs of the post and telegraph
AS
departments, railways, defence, overseas communication services and electricity boards. The
range includes automatic telephone switching systems, teleprinter exchanges, long distance
transmission systems and electronic test instruments and components.
AK
18. hich city is called the ilicon alley of ndia ame the companies located here
Ans. engaluru is called the ilicon alley of ndia due to large number of information technology
companies located there. Many multinational corporation and computer hardware and software
PR
giants have operations in Bengaluru.
All the IT companies like D E L, TCS, ORACLE , GE and iGATE are situated here. Bengaluru
is also hub to many high-tech companies like Infosys, W ipro, Tata and Accenture etc.
RS
19. W hat are the favourable factors for the growth of software industry in Bengaluru?
Ans. The growth of Software industry, especially in Bengaluru is due to following favourable factors:
HE
(i) Progressive government policies.

(ii) Readily available world class information technology infrastructure.
iii leasant and comfortable climate to allo efficient or ing
OT
(iv) Centre for international conferences and various workshops.

20. W hy Hyderabad is known as an important city?
Ans. Hyderabad is another major software industry centre in Telangana. In Hyderabad a centre of several
BR
IT Industries is called HITE C city or more aptly called Cyberabad. The companies set up there
include Accenture, Amazon, IBM, Infosys, Microsoft, Oracle and W ipro technologies etc.
21. W hat do you know about National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA)?
L
Ans. National Remote Sensing Agency is at Hyderabad. Remote sensing is a technique to acquire
YA
information about objects from the measurements made from a distance in space without any
contact with the object.
V arious sensors like satellites are used to collect the relevant data and then it is processed to
O
gather information about the earth.

22. W here are the following located?
G
(i) U nion Carbide India Ltd.

ii he de plant at oyali efinery
(iii) The Indian Petrochemicals Corporation Ltd. (IPCL)
Ans. Location:
i he first petrochemical comple as established by nion Carbide ndia td at rombayin
1966. E ntire technology and management is controlled by multinational U nion Carbide. It
produces polypropylene, ethyl acetate, butyl spirit etc.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
ii he de plant at oyali efinery u arat for the production of ben ene and toluene as
commissioned in t gets its ra materials from nearby refineries
iii he ndian etrochemicals Corporation td C as the first public sector enterprise,
incorporated in March 1969 at Jawaharnagar (near V adodara) in Gujarat. This company is
responsible for the manufacture and distribution of various petrochemicals such as polymers,
synthetic organic chemicals and polyester fibres
i etrochemical industries are usually located close to the oil refineries
N
(ii) Kolkata is an important port for Rourkela Steel Plant.
HA
(iii) The Bharat E lectronics Ltd. (BE L), another public sector unit at Bengaluru was set up in
1956.
Ans. i etrochemical industries are usually located close to the oil refineries, as it gets its ra
materials from nearby refineries t also sa es on transportation cost
AS
ii ol ata is pro iding the port facilities for mo ement of ra materials and finished products
(iii) The Bharat E lectronics Ltd. (BE L), another public sector unit at Bengaluru was set up in
AK
1956 to meet the electronics needs of the defence services,
v v v
PR
RS
HE
OT
BR
L
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 1 1 : T ransp ort
9 Transport
SUMMARY
N
l Transport system of a country refers to the different means which carry men and material from
HA
one place to the other.
l A well-knit and coordinated system of transport is the lifeline of modern India and it is the
foundation stone of our economic infrastructure that helps in the growth of industrial and
AS
agricultural production in the country.
l he most common fi e modes of transport are rail ays, road ays, air ays, ater ays and
pipelines.
AK
l Roadways are considered more important than any other means of transportation, as they facilitate
long distance travel and connect remote areas with cities and are good for supplying perishable
items like milk, vegetables and fruits. PR
l press ays are multiplane, ell pa ed high ays used for mo ement of goods and traffic
l India’s first expressway, the Ahmedabad V adodara E xpressway (also known as National
E xpressway 1 or the Mahatma Gandhi E xpressways), is in the state of Gujarat connecting the
RS
cities of Ahmedabad and V adodara.

l National Highways are maintained by the Central Public W orks D epartment (CPW D ) and
HE
connects places like D elhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Kanyakumari and Leh.
l The highway between V aranasi and Kanyakumari is one of the longest National Highways.
l In order to give a boost to the trade and economic development of the country, the government
OT
has undertaken National Highways D evelopment Projects (NHD P).

l The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is an autonomous agency of the Government
of India, responsible for management of a network of over 60,000 km of National Highways in
BR
India.
l Golden Q uadrilateral, project launched in 199, is being implemented by National Highways
Authority of India (NHAI).
L
l The Golden Q uadrilateral (GQ ) is a highway network connecting many of the major industrial
YA
agricultural and cultural centres of India.

l It formed a quadrilateral connecting D elhi (North) Kolkata (E ast), Mumbai (W est) and Chennai
(South).
O
l The North, South, E ast and W est Corridor (NS-E W ) is the largest ongoing highway project in India.
l It is the second phase of the National Highways D evelopment Project (NHD P), and consists of
G
building 7,300 kilometers of four/ six lane expressway associating, Srinagar, Kanyakumari, Kochi,
Porbandar and Silchar.
l The state highways and rural roads are developed and maintained by the various agencies of
state and union territories.
l D istrict roads mostly connect the towns and large villages with one another and with the district
headquarters maintained by Z ila Parishad and the PW D .
l V illage Roads are constructed and maintained by the village Panchayats.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l International Highwayslink the neighbouring countries under the agreement with the E conomic
and ocial Commission of sia and acific C
l The Border Roads Organisation (BRO) develops and maintains network in the border areas of
India and friendly neighbouring countries.

l Indian Railway (IR) is India' s national railway system operated by the ministry of railways.
l he first rail ay line as laid bet een ombay and hane in , and no manages the
fourth largest railways network in the world.
N
l Indian railway currently has three different gauges, (i) Broad gauge (width 1.676 m) (ii) Meter
gauge (width 1 m)(iii) Narrow gauge (width 0.762 m).
HA
l The railway network has been divided into 16 railway zones which are sub-divided into divisions.
which form the basic operating units for the Indian Railways.
l D iesel engines replaced the steam engines in 1950 to avoid environmental pollution.
AS
l At present, D iesel Locomotive W orks (D LW ) in V aranasi (in U P) and Chittaranjan Locomotive W orks
(in W est Bengal) and Locomotive W orks in Jamshedpur (Jharkhand) are producing diesel engines.
l Railways help in the administration of the country, in safeguarding its sovereignty and integrity
AK
and in easy movement of heavy defense equipment, troops, police and military within the country.
l Local trains are becoming increasingly important in metro cities e.g., Mumbai has the best
network of electrical suburban trains which has been the best mode of transport for the past
PR
many decades.
l Kolkata and D elhi have the underground railway called the Metro which was constructed in
different phases since 1972 by the state governments.

RS
l Superfast trains like Rajdhani E xpress and Shatabdi E xpress have been introduced to facilitate
the fast movement of passengers.

l he at le el of orthern anga plain ith high density of population and rich agricultural
HE
output provides ideal conditions for development of railways.

l The railways face a tough competition with road transport, both in passenger and in goods
OT
transport,but the lack of co-ordination between railways and road transport has lowered the
earning capacity of the railways.
l The Air transport was nationalized in 1953 and The Airports Authority of India (AAI) was formed
BR
on 1st April, 1995 by merging the International Airports Authority of India and the National
Airports Authority.
l It was done with a view to accelerate the integrated development, expansion and modernization
of the operational, terminal and cargo facilities at the airports in the country, conforming to
L
international standards.
YA
l oreign airlines carrying international passenger traffic to and from ndia e isted long before
ndependence and their operations are go erned by bilateral agreements signed from time to time
l D omestic Airports, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Goa, V aranasi, Patna, Agra, Jaipur,
O
Amritsar, Tiruchirapally, Coimbatore and Lucknow, are customs airports with limited international
operations by national and foreign tourists and cargo charter ights
G
l Pawan Hans Helicopters Ltd. has been providing helicopter support services to the petroleum
sector, including ONGC and Oil India Ltd.

l W aterways are the cheapest mode of transport especially in India.
l India has a long coastline of 7,000 kms approximately and inland navigable waterways of 14,500
kms in length comprise rivers, canals, lakes and backwaters.

l W ater transport can be broadly divided into two types: (i) Inland water transport; (ii) Coastal
shipping.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l The Central W ater Transport Corporation (CW TC) was constituted in 1967 and has headquarters
at Kolkata.
l CW TC is mainly engaged in the transportation of goods by inland waterways in the Ganga,
Brahmaputra, Hoogli and Sundarban regions.
l Inland W aterways Authority of India (IW AI) came into existence on October 27, 1986, for the
development and regulation of inland waterways for shipping and navigation.
l ts head office is in oida and the authority primarily underta es pro ects for the de elopment
N
and maintenance of infrastructure on National waterways.
l The two great rivers of India, the Ganga and the Brahmaputra and their tributaries still carry the
HA
largest part of ri er traffic
l The Ganga is navigable for about 800 kms from its mouth up to Patna and the Brahmaputra is
navigable throughout the year.
AS
l The National W aterway 1,the longest national waterway in India, on Ganga River starts from
Allahabad to Haldia with a distance of 1,620 km.
AK
l The National W aterway 2, one of the major freight transportation waterways of North E ast India
is a stretch of Brahmaputra River from Sadia to D hubri in Assam state.
l The National W aterway 3 or the west coast canal (205 km long), located in Kerala state and
runs from ollam to ottapuram, is the first ater ay ith all na igation facilities
PR
l The National W aterway 4,(with total length of 1,095 km in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu) is
the second longest waterway of India.
RS
l National W aterway 5 connects Odisha to W est Bengal and the 623 km long canal handles the
traffic of cargo such as coal, fertili ers, cement and iron
l Ports play a crucial role in the economic development and international trade of India.
HE
l India has a 7,617 km long coastline with 12 major seaports and 187 minor ports.
l Indian ports have problems like, not well connected with their hinterland, not well planned, lack
OT
facilities, are very congested with heavy pressure on cargo container etc.
BR
1. W hat is the importance of a well-knit coordinated system of transport?
L
Ans. A well-knitcoordinated system of transport has the following advantages:

YA
(i) It is the lifeline of modern India and the foundation stone of our economic infrastructure.
(ii) It helps in the development of trade, commerce and industry.
2. tate t o social benefits of good transport system
O
Ans. ood transport system pro ides the follo ing social benefits
G
(i) Transport helps to create employment opportunities as people are able to commute to their
workplace every day.
(ii) D eveloped means of transport help in the expansion of education even in remote areas of
the country as transport provides mobility to the teachers and students.
3. W hat are the different modes of transport?
Ans. Mode of transport is a term used to distinguish between different ways of transportation or
transporting people or goods. The different modes of transport are air, water and land transport,
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
which includes railways, roadways, airways and waterways. Other modes also exist, including
pipelines, cable transport, and space transport.
4. Mention two advantages of roads over railways.
Ans. Two advantages of roads over railways are:
i oads are more significant in ndia as compared to ail ays, as they pro ide door to door
service. The social and economic progress of the country depends on the development of
road network.
N
(ii) Roadways are considered more important than any other means of transportation, as they
facilitate long distance travel. Roads can be constructed on high altitude areas and steep
HA
slopes.
5. hat is an press ay
Ans. press ay is a high ay especially planned for high speed traffic, usually ha ing fe if any
AS
intersections, limited points of access or e it, and a di ider bet een lanes for traffic mo ing in
opposite directions. These are 4, 6 or 8 lane highways.
6. hich is ndia s first press ay
AK
Ans. India’s first expressway, the Ahmedabad V adodara E xpressway (also known as National
E xpressway 1 or the Mahatma Gandhi E xpressway) is in the state of Gujarat connecting the
PR
cities of Ahmedabad and V adodara.
7. W hat is meant by the olden uadrilateral
Ans. The Golden Q uadrilateral is a national highway network connecting most of the major industrial,
RS
agricultural and cultural centres of India. It forms a quadrilateral connecting the four major metro
cities of India, viz., D elhi, Kolkata, Mumbai and Chennai.
8. efine a ational igh ay
HE
Ans. The National highways in India are a network of trunk roads owned by the Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways. National Highways link extreme parts of the country. These are long
metalled roads. They link faraway places as they pass through many states. F or e.g. the highway
OT
between V aranasi and Kanyakumari is one of the longest National Highways.

9. W hat is the role of the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI)?
Ans. The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is an autonomous agency of the Government
BR
of India, responsible for management of a network of over 60,000 km of National Highways in

India. The Authority is a nodal agency of the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways.
W idening, improvements, strengthening and maintenance works are carried on in the State
L
National highways roads.

YA
10. State two advantages of National Highways.

Ans. Two advantages of National Highways are the following;
(i) These roads have all weather reliability with reduced transportation costs.
O
(ii) These roads provide employment of local workers on the projects and help in reduction in
the number of accidents.
G
11. ention any t o b ecti es or benefits of olden uadrilateral ro ect

Ans. o ob ecti es or benefits are as follo s
(i) The purpose of this project is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of
India. It facilitates the better movement of products to facilitate truck transport.
(ii) This helps in the industrial growth of the smaller towns through which it passes.
12. W hat are International Highways?
Ans. International highways link the neighbouring countries under the agreement with the E conomic
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
and ocial Commission of sia and acific C

The W orld Bank provides funds for the maintenance of these roads.
13. Give a brief introduction of Border Roads Organisation.
Ans. The Border Roads Organisation (BRO) develops and maintains network of roads of border areas
in ndia and friendly neighbouring countries t is staffed by officers and troops dra n from the
Indian Army’s corps of E ngineering, military police and army personnel.
14. ma or problem of ndia roads is high traffic condition ustify the statement
N
Ans. ma or problem of ndia roads is high traffic condition he same road is used by arious type
of vehicles such as high-speed trucks, cars, tractors, two wheelers, driven carts, cyclists etc. One
HA
also finds herds of cattles crossing the roads ll these things create a high traffic am, pollution
congestion, road accidents etc.
15. W hat are the different Railway Gauges in India?
AS
Ans. he rail ay gauge as designed during the colonial period eeping in mind the olume of traffic
and movement of goods in different areas of the country.
AK
Indian railways currently has three different Gauges–
(i) Broad gauge (width 1.676 m)
(ii) Meter gauge (width 1 m)
(iii) Narrow gauge (width 0.762 m)
16. W ho looks after the management of Indian Railways?
PR
Ans. The entire railway system is managed by the Railway Board. The railway network has been
RS
divided into 16 railway zones which are sub-divided into divisions. These divisions form the
basic operating units for the Indian Railways.
17. State two advantages of Indian Railways.
HE
Ans. Two advantages are:

(i) India has the largest network of railways. Railways serve as the principal mode of transport
for both, freight and passengers.
OT
(ii) They unite people from one corner of the land to the other and serve as the cheapest mode
of transport for bulky products over long distances e.g. coal, iron ore, petrol and many other
raw materials.
BR
18. W hen was the air transport nationalized? W hen was AAI formed?
Ans. Air transport is the fastest mode of transport. It has reduced geographical distances and brought
the world closer. The Air transport was nationalized in 1953. The Airports Authority of India
L
(AAI) was formed on 1st April, 1995 by merging the International Airports Authority of India and
YA
the National Airports Authority. It was done with a view to accelerate the integrated development,
expansion and modernization of the operational, terminal and cargo facilities at the airports in
the country, conforming to international standards.
O
19. W hat are the two advantages of air transport?

Ans. Advantages of Air Transport are:
G
(i) Airways are the fastest mode of transport. Although expensive, the surface transport cannot
match the air transport over long distances.
(ii) Airways are free from geographical contrasts like mountains, rivers, or oceans and it has
great strategic importance as soldier, arms, and ammunition can be airlifted to the troubled
sports.
20. ir transport in ndia is facing many problems ention any t o
Ans. Air transport in India is facing many problems. Some of these are as follows:
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(i) Competition: The airlines are facing a stiff competition from foreign airlines which provide
efficient and better ser ices to the people
(ii) Lack of funds: The old aircrafts (more than 20 yrs), obsolete machinery and poor maintenance
re ect on the mismanagement and inefficiency of the authorities as ell as the go ernment
his re ects on their poor standards as compared to international standards
21. W hat is the main work of CW TC?
Ans. The Central W ater Transport Corporation (CW TC) was constituted in 1967. It has its headquarters
N
at Kolkata. It is mainly engaged in the transportation of goods by inland waterways in the Ganga,
Brahmaputra, Hoogli and Sundarban regions.
HA
22. State main features of Inland W aterways Authority of India (IW AI).
Ans. Inland W aterways Authority of India (IW AI) came into existence on October 27, 1986 for the
de elopment and regulation of inland ater ays for shipping and na igation ts head office is
AS
in Noida. The authority primarily undertakes projects for the development and maintenance of
infrastructure on National waterways.
AK
23. W here is National W aterway 3 located?
Ans. The National W aterway 3 or the west coast canal is located in Kerala state and runs from Kollam
to ottapuram he m long est coast canal is the first ater ay ith full time na igation
facilities.
PR
24. W ho takes the responsibility of major and minor ports in India?
Ans. The major ports are under the jurisdiction of the central government while the minor and
RS
intermediate ports are managed and maintained by the respective state governments. The major
ports carry about of the total traffic ith isa hapatnam handling the ma imum traffic
25. W hat are the two advantages of water transport?
HE
Ans. Advantages of water transport are the following:

(i) Maintenance cost of water transport is quite less as compared to rail and road transport
OT
because water transport is much cheaper as compared to rail, road or airways.

(ii) It is useful for bulky goods as heavy and bulky goods can be transported easily at little cost
through water transport.
BR
26. Give two reasons for the means of transport being called the lifelines of an economy.
Ans. Two reasons are:
(i) Means of transport help the economy in movement of goods and raw materials for industrial
L
growth.
(ii) Means of transport help in infrastructure development and the growth of tertiary sector, i.e.,
YA
services and communications.

27. W hat is a National Highway Corridor?
O
Ans. The Government had signed loan agreement with the W orld Bank to develop Green National
Highway Corridors Project (GNHCP). The project includes upgradation of about 781 km length
G
of various National Highways passing through the states of Rajasthan, Himachal Pradesh, U ttar
Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh.
28. State the Highway of the E ast-W est Corridor.
Ans. E ast-W est Corridor includes 3,300 kilometers corridor via NH 27 from Porbandar-Rajkot-Kota-
Jhansi– Kanpur-Lucknow-Ayodhya-Gorakhpur-Muzaffarpur-D arbhanga-Guwahati-D abaka to
Silchar.
29. State the end cities of NSE W Corridors.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. The North–S outh–E ast–W est Corridor (NS-E W ) is the largest ongoing highway project in India.
The end cities of NSE W Corridors are:
South end: Kanyakumari/ Kochi
W est end: Porbandar
North end: Srinagar
East end: Silchar
30. Mention two problems of Indian ports.
N
Ans. Main problems of Indian Ports are the following:
(i) Indian ports are not well connected with their hinterland.
HA
(ii) Indian ports are not well planned, lack facilities and are very congested and there is heavy
pressure on cargo containers.
31. Give two reasons why airways are used extensively despite being an expensive mode of transport.
AS
Ans. Airways are used extensively because of the following reasons:
(i) Airways are the fastest mode of transport.
AK
(ii) The recent entry of the private airlines and their various attractive schemes have reduced
airfares drastically.
B. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS (3 Marks Each) PR

1. Answer the following questions.
(i) State one advantage of inland waterways.
RS
(ii) State one advantage of roadways.

(iii) State one disadvantage of water transport.
Ans. (i) Maintenance cost of water transport is quite less as compared to rail and road transport and
HE
heavy and bulky goods can be transported easily at little cost through water transport.
ii Construction of roads can be underta en in the remote areas, difficult terrain, high altitudes
and steep slopes. Roads provide door to door service.
OT
(iii) W ater transport is very risky as compared to other means because there is always danger
of sin ing ships or boats and in most of the ri ers in ndia, oods are caused during rainy
season hen ater current is so torrential that it becomes difficult to ply boats
BR
2. Give three reasons as to why airways are becoming a popular means of transport in modern India.
Ans. Airways are becoming a popular means of transport in modern India because:
(i) Airways are the fastest mode of transport. Although expensive, the surface transport cannot
L
match the air transport over long distances.

YA
(ii) Airways are free from geographical contrasts like mountains, rivers, or oceans. Air travel is
indispensable for the business people, for defence people especially during calamities like
earth ua es, oods, epidemics and ar situation
O
(iii) It has great strategic importance as soldiers, arms, and ammunition can be airlifted to the
troubled areas.
G
3. oad ays are an important means of transport in ndia i e t o reasons to ustify the
statement.
Ans. Roadways are an important means of transport in India because roads are the cheapest means
of communication and track and link villages to urban areas. Two reasons are as follows:
(i) Roads are safer means of transport for perishable commodities like fruits, vegetables and
milk from villages to the urban centres.
(ii) The role of roads is most important in the economic development of the country as roads
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
provide a link between railway stations and ports.

(iii) Roads help in the transportation of goods and agricultural and industrial products, raw
materials etc.
4. Give geographical reason for each of the following:
(i) South Indian rivers are not ideal for the inland water transport.
(ii) Coastal shipping reduces the burden on rail and transport systems.
(iii) Nearly seventy percent of Indians do not use air transport.
N
i i ers of outh ndia o in roc y areas,hence they are not fit for plying boats esides
HA
this, the rivers of the peninsular India are not navigable as they have very little water in the
summer season.
(ii) Coastal shipping is environment friendly. It saves fuel as compared to railways and
AS
airways,and hence it is the cheapest mode of transport.
(iii) Air transport is very expensive. The airlines tend to serve only a particular sector who can
afford the exorbitant fares. These fares are normally beyond the reach of common man.
AK
5. ail ays is an important means of transport as compared to ir ays tate t o reasons to
support the statement. PR
Ans. Railways is an important means of transport as compared to airways because Railways serve as
the principal mode of transport for both, freight and passengers.
Two reasons are:
(i) Railways serve as the cheapest mode of transport for bulky products over long distances e.g.
RS
coal, iron ore, petrol and many other raw materials.

(ii) Railways help in agricultural development. It helps in transporting agricultural commodities
HE
(perishable and non-perishable) to distant places. Similarly other raw materials, fertilizer, etc.
is also sent by railways.
6. How a well-developed transport network is important for industrial growth? Give reasons.
OT
Ans. Transport system has helped in the growth of industrial and agricultural production in the country.
t has been transporting ra materials and labour to the places of production and finished products
to different parts of country and abroad. It helps in promoting foreign trade of the country.
BR
D eveloped means of transport help in the expansion of education even in remote areas of the
country. It provides mobility to the teachers and students. Means of transport bring together people
living in different parts of the country. Means of transport has reduced the distance between
L
cities and villages. V illagers are able to avail employment opportunities in the cities.
YA

(i) W ater transport is not as popular as land transport in India.
(ii) Golden Q uadrilateral Helps in industrial growth of the smaller towns through which it passes.
iii ail ays has an inefficient image in the eyes of the public
O
Ans. Reasons are as follows:

G
(i) W ater transport is very risky as compared to other means because there is always danger of
sin ing ships or boats n most of the ri ers in ndia, oods are caused during rainy season
hen ater current is so torrential that it becomes difficult to ply boats
(ii) Golden Q uadrilateral reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India. These
roads help in the industrial growth of the smaller towns through which it passes and transport
agriculture produce and raw material from water-land to the major cities and ports for export.
(iii) Poor management, poor catering, poor maintenance of the train compartments, lack of
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
amenities at the rail ay stations ha e resulted in an inefficient image of the ail ays in the
eyes of the public.
(i) W hich Highway crosses India from west to east?
(ii) W hich are the two ends of E ast W est Highway?
iii hich is the first ational igh ay in ndia
Ans. (i) National Highway 27 transits across seven states of India in east - west direction.
N
(ii) The two ends of E ast W est Highway are Silchar in the E ast and U daipur in the W est.
iii he first ational igh ay in ndia as the old t lin ed the ational capital elhi
HA
to Attari in Punjab near Indo-Pak Border. Now as per the new numbering system, NH 1
runs between U nion Territories of Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh.
9. How the NS-E W Corridor forms a key part of the Indian highway network?
AS
Ans. In combination with the Golden Q uadrilateral network, and port connectivity highways, the NS-
E W Corridor forms a key part of the Indian highway network, connecting many of its important
manufacturing, commerce and cultural centers. As of May 2012, India has completed and placed
AK
in use some 15,800 kilometers of such 4-lane highways. The NS–E W project is managed by the
National Highways Authority of India under the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways.
10. hat are the economic benefits of the transport system
PR
Ans. conomic benefits are the follo ing
(i) Transport system has helped in the growth of industrial and agricultural production in the
country. It has been transporting raw materials and labour to the places of production and
RS
finished products to different parts of country and abroad

(ii) It helps in promoting foreign trade and tourism of the country.
HE
(iii) It helps in expanding the market both on the domestic and international front.
(iv) Transport is the backbone of a country' s economy as they unite people from one corner of the
land to the other corner. They help in agricultural and industrial development of the country.
OT
11. W hat are E xpressways? State two features of it.

Ans. press ays are multiplane, ell pa ed high ays used for mo ement of goods and traffic ndia s
first e press ay, the hmedabad adodara press ay also no n as ational press ay or
BR
the Mahatma Gandhi E xpressways) is in the state of Gujarat connecting the cities of Ahmedabad
and V adodara. Its two main features are:
(i) E xpressway are constructed to ensure smooth travel with controlled access in the Indian Road
Network.
L
(ii) There are 4, 6 or 8 lane highways divided in the middle by a wide divider. Mostly they are
YA
toll roads. Here the speed is restricted to 120 km/ hr.

12. hat is olden uadrilateral tate t o benefits of it
Ans. Golden Q uadrilateral project is being implemented by National Highways Authority of India
O
(NHAI). It was launched in 19 9 9 . The Golden Q uadrilateral (GQ ) is a highway network

G
connecting many of the major industrial agricultural and cultural centres of India. NHAI formed
a quadrilateral connecting D elhi (North) Kolkata (E ast), Mumbai (W est) and Chennai (South).
b ecti es or benefits of olden uadrilateral ro ect are
(i) The purpose of this project is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of
India and better movement of products to facilitate truck transport.
(ii) It helps in industrial growth of the smaller towns through which it passes. It transports
agriculture produce and raw material from land to the major cities and ports for export.
Thus, it provides job opportunities.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
13. Give a brief introduction of the following:

(i) State highways
(ii) D istrict roads
(iii) V illage roads
Ans. (i) State highways – The state highways and rural roads are developed and maintained by the
various agencies of state and union territories.
(ii) D istrict roads – These roads mostly connect the towns and large villages with one another
and with the district headquarters maintained by Z ila Parishad and the PW D .
N
(iii) V illage Roads – These are constructed and maintained by the village Panchayats. They are
usually ery narro and are not suitable for hea y traffic
HA
14. hat are three gauges of ndian ail ays plain brie y
Ans. Indian railway currently has three different gauges–
AS
(i) Broad gauge (width 1.676 m)
(ii) Meter gauge (width 1 m)
(iii) Narrow gauge (width 0.762 m)
AK
(i) Broad gauge is used in most parts of the country. It was mainly installed by Britishers to
connect the major ports with the other cities to facilitate the export of raw material to Britain
by ships. Accounting to about 50% of the total route length, broad gauge tracks link the
PR
major cities in the country. e.g. Sealdah–D elhi-D uranto is the fastest long distance train. It
runs nonstop from source to destination.
(ii) Metre gauge is mainly used in northern U P, Bihar, Assam and parts of western Rajasthan,
Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
RS
(iii) Narrow Gauge was used in mountainous regions of Kalka – Shimla, Siliguri – D arjeeling
and Ootacamund.
HE
15. W hy D iesel engines replaced the steam engines in Indian Railways?

Ans. Indian Railways has undergone considerable improvement over the years.
(i) D iesel engines replaced the steam engines in 1950 to avoid environmental pollution. At
OT
present D iesel Locomotive W orks (D LW ) in V aranasi (U P) and Chittaranjan Locomotive

W orks in W est Bengal and Locomotive W orks in Jamshedpur (Jharkhand) are producing
diesel engines.
BR
(ii) D iesel engines also caused considerable air pollution. Hence to meet the growing pressure of
traffic and goods, electrification of all the rail ay trac s as underta en n the electrification
process, priority was given to the high-density section of the railway lines to enable greater
speed and olume of traffic
L
16. State the importance of waterways.

YA
Ans. Importance of waterways

(i) W aterways are the cheapest mode of transport especially in India. India has a long coastline
of 7,000 kms approximately and inland navigable waterways of 14,500 kms in length which
O
comprise rivers, canals, lakes and backwaters.

ii ater ays is a fuel efficient and en ironment friendly mode of transport
G
(iii) They are most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
(iv) D espite all these favourable conditions, water transport in India currently provides for only
about 1% of the total transport of the country.
17. W hat do you know about National W aterways in India?
Ans. F ollowing are the National W aterways in India.
(i) The National W aterway 1 on Ganga River starts from Allahabad to Haldia with a distance
of 1,620 km. It is the longest National W aterway in India.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) The National W aterway 2, a stretch of Brahmaputra River from Sadiya to D hubri in Assam
state. The National W aterway 2 is one of the major freight transportation waterways of North
E ast India.
(iii) The National W aterway 3 or the west coast canal is located in Kerala state and runs from
ollam to ottapuram he m long est coast canal is the first ater ay ith all
navigation facility.
(iv) The National W aterway 4,is a stretch from Kakinada to Pondicherry through canals, tank
and River Godawari along with Krishna River. The NW 4 is the second longest waterway
N
of India with total length of 1,09 5 km in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.
(v) The National W aterway 5 connects Odisha to W est Bengal. The 623 km long canal handles
HA
the traffic of cargo such as coal, fertili ers, cement and iron
18. Name the major ports of India.
Ans. The major ports of India are as follows:
AS
(i) Kolkata – Haldia (ii) Paradwip (iii) V isakhapatnam (iv) Chennai
(v) E nnore (vi) Tuticorin (vii) Cochin (viii) Mumbai
AK
(ix) Marmagao (Gao) (x) New Mangaluru (xi) Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT)
(xii) Kandla
19. W hat are the problems of inland waterways in the peninsular India?
PR
Ans. Problems of inland waterways are:
(i) The rivers of the peninsular India are not navigable as they have very little water in the
summer season. They are dependent on monsoon for their water supply.
RS
(ii) Only Krishna and Godavari are the chief means of transport in that region and offer cheap
access to the markets.
(iii) The Buckingham canal in Andhra Pradesh/ Telangana and Tamil Nadu is used for navigation.
HE
The Mandovi and Z uari rivers in Goa are also used as waterways.
(iv) On the western coast in Kerala, the backwaters serve as means of navigation. These waterways
are used by local boats for transporting goods like spices, coconuts, raw rubber, pepper and
OT
cashewnuts and other products.

20. espite all facilities the importance of inland ater ays has declined ustify the statement
Ans. D espite all facilities the importance of inland waterways has declined because:
BR
(i) Road and rail transports have developed considerably.

(ii) River water has been diverted for the purpose of irrigation.
(iii) D eforestation of hill slopes has led to erosion and silting of rivers.
L
(iv) The transport is not as fast as airways or railways.

YA
(v) The seasonal variation in the volume of water affects the navigability of rivers, particularly
in south India.
21. Mention three reasons why inland waterways are better developed in Northern India than in
O
Southern India.
Ans. Three main reasons are as follows.
G
(i) Rivers of northern India are perennial so have water throughout the year, so navigable,
whereas, rivers of southern India are seasonal, dependent on monsoon, so have little water
in hot season.
ii i ers of northern ndia o s through the plains region, hereas, ri ers of southern ndia
o through roc y areas
(iii) The presence of water falls in southern India acts as a hindrance in the development of
waterway.
v v v
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Unit 1 2 : W aste Managem ent

Waste Management – Impact of
10 Waste Accumulation
SUMMARY
N
l In the biosphere, natural vegetation, animals and insects generate the waste which is automatically
HA
recycled, as a natural process, i.e., either it is absorbed by soil or consumed or gets back in the
atmosphere in the form of gas as it degenerates.
l W aste generated due to human activities is directly related to human development, both
AS
technologically and socially.
l The composition of different wastes, varies with industrial innovation and development, and can
be categorised into solid, li uid or gaseous aste e g , plastics, chemical ef uents and nuclear
AK
waste.
l W aste is useless or unwanted material that has no further use and so it is thrown away, e.g.,
PR
trash, rubbish, refuse, garbage, junk etc.
l The problem of waste disposal in metropolitan cities are multiplying, with the huge quantity of
biodegradable waste being generated.
l The impact of uncontrolled waste on environment is disastrous.
RS
l D ue to increasing population, major cities are facing the problems of garbage accumulation due
to lack of space.
HE
l W aste collected from industries mines and hospitals, may contain toxic materials which may
cause spoilage of land for agriculture.
l fficient management of aste can sa e the spoilage of land and at the same time it can be
OT
recycled into a useful product.

l Air pollution is the introduction of chemicals particulate matter or biological materials into the
atmosphere that cause harm or discomfort to humans and other living organisms, or cause damage
BR
to the natural environment.

l The most common hazards of air pollution are (i) acid rain, (ii) global warming, (iii) ozone
depletion and (iv) smog formation.
L
l The global warming and Green House effect is caused when certain gases, released in part
YA
through human activities rise into atmosphere and trap sun’s heat.
l The depletion of ozone layer, with increase in the amount of radiation, causes damage to plant
life, human beings and oceanic life.
O
l Any chemical that changes the colour and odour of water, uses oxygen in the water completely
and affects the well-being of the living organisms is called as a water pollutant.
G
l Soil pollution usually results from the disposal of solid and semi solid wastes in agricultural
practices, industrial processes and in sanitary habits.
l The rapid growth of population and industry and the increase in the number of vehicles and
airplanes, has made pollution of environment a serious problem in many metropolitan cities and
even in rural areas since last two decades.
l There is an increase in airborne and water borne diseases, spoilage of landscape and fear of radioactive
waste affecting all life (human, plants, animals and marine life), due to environmental pollution.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l E nvironmental pollution is defined as the unfa ourable alternation of our surroundings through
direct or indirect efforts of changes in the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of
land, air or water that harmfully affect human life.
l The need of the hour in our country is to implement the following steps in controlling pollution
and to manage increasing generation of waste to their advantage by recycling it.
l U rban waste requires careful segregation before it can be recycled or disposed.
l The waste management in residential localities needs more organised management of waste since
N
it may lead to more pressure on environment.
l Municipal waste needs to be handled carefully and for this, the local government must take full
HA
care of the collection, transportation and disposal of municipal waste.
l W aste generation and its management is becoming a universal problem especially in the
developing countries.
AS
l There are two ways to solve this problem—
(a) To reduce generation of waste source.
AK
b o find suitable ays to turn aste into ealth i e turn it into potential resource
l The basic concept of three Rs., i.e. Reduce, Reuse and Recycle plays the most important role
in the modern waste management strategy.
l
PR
ts aim is to generate minimum amount of aste and to e tract ma imum benefit from the aste
generated or produced.
l Reducing the use of harmful articles which are non-biodegradable like polybags and replacing
RS
them by cloth bags or paper bags is a very important measure in reducing waste.
l There are many things that can be reused with a little change in appearance like, converting old
pieces of cloth into dolls, cushion covers, doormats, etc. as waste management strategy.
HE
l Recycling is processing the waste into raw materials usable in other useful materials.
l W aste generation is reduced by reusing or recycling waste.
OT
BR
A. SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (2 Marks Each)

1. W ho generates waste in the biosphere?
Ans. W herever there is life, there is activity, and in most cases, wherever there is activity, it generates
L
waste. In the biosphere, natural vegetation animals and insects generate the waste which is
YA
automatically recycled, as a natural process, i.e., either it is absorbed by soil or consumed or

gets back in the atmosphere in the form of gas as it degenerates.
2. How do we categorise the composition of different wastes?
O
Ans. The composition of different wastes, varies with industrial innovation and development, and can
be categorised into solid, li uid or gaseous aste e g , plastics, chemical ef uents and nuclear
G
waste.
3. efine the term aste o aste is generated
Ans. W aste is useless or unwanted material that has no further use and so it is thrown away. W astes
is also known as trash, rubbish, refuse, garbage or junk.
W astes may be generated during the extraction of raw materials, the processing of raw materials
into intermediate, and final products, the consumption of final products and other human acti ities
4. State two effects of spoilage of landscape.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. Spoilage of landscape takes place when the heaps of wastes, garbage and trash in urban cities
is left uncared or untreated. Two effects of spoilage of landscape are as follows:
(i) It spoils not only aesthetic beauty of the land but also causes severe damage to the
environment because the decaying waste matter becomes the breeding ground for all sorts
of insects, ies and mos uitoes
(ii) It is more dangerous near the over-crowded residential areas where it may spread infectious
diseases and may become hazardous.
5. How the waste collected from industries, mines and hospitals is harmful?
N
Ans. The waste collected from industries mines and hospitals is harmful because it may contain toxic
HA
materials which may cause spoilage of land for agricultural purposes and may contaminate the
groundwater. It may have long term impact on soil. It may even enter the food chain through
water and soil pollution.
6. hat is meant by ir pollution
AS
Ans. Large piles of garbage in cities and towns lead to pollution of air, water and soil. Air pollution
is the introduction of chemicals particulate matter or biological materials into the atmosphere that
AK
cause harm or discomfort to humans and other living organisms, or cause damage to the natural
environment. Air pollutants can be in the form of solid particles, liquid droplets or gases.
7. How does air pollution cause acid rain? PR
Ans. Acid rain is caused by a chemical reaction that begins when compounds like sulfur dioxide and
nitrogen oxides are released into the air. These substances can rise very high into the atmosphere,
where they mix and react with water, oxygen, and other chemicals to form more acidic pollutants.
These condensed pollutants cause acid rain.
RS
8. W hat are the causes of global warming?

Ans. The global warming and Green House effect is caused when certain gases, released in part
HE
through human activities rise into atmosphere and trap sun’s heat. Carbon dioxide (CO2) created
primarily by the burning of fossils contribute to the problems.
Global warming is an aspect of climate change, referring to the long-term rise of the planet' s
OT
temperatures. It is caused by increased concentrations of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere,

mainly from human activities such as burning fossil fuels and mechanized farming.
9. W hat is smog?
BR
Ans. mog is a form of air pollution he term as first used in to describe the combination
of smoke and thick fog that hung over London. This occurs when the moisture in air condenses
on smoke particles produced by burning coal, forming tiny smog particles. This type of smog
is dangerous for lungs as sulphur dio ide gas attac s the lungs and ma es breathing difficult
L
10. i e the meaning of the term utrophication

YA
Ans. W ater pollution gives rise to E utrophication. It is the process of depletion of oxygen from water
bodies which occur either naturally or due to human activities. The process of E utrophication
takes place due to the introduction of nutrients and chemicals through discharge of domestic
O
se age, industrial ef uents and fertilisers from agricultural fields

11. How does soil pollution occur?
G
Ans. oil pollution is defined as the presence of to ic chemicals pollutants or contaminants in soil,
in high enough concentrations to pose a risk to human health and/ or the ecosystem.
Soil pollution usually results from the disposal of solid and semi-solid wastes in agricultural
practices, industrial processes and in sanitary habits. Soil pollutants include fertilizers and
pesticides. These chemicals remain in soil for a long time continuously contaminating the top
soil and groundwater.
12. W hat are the effects of waste on aquatic life?
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Ans. uatic life, chemical pollutants, chemical ef uents, produced by industries hich are released
into ri ers and subse uently into the sea destroy microorganisms cids are lethal to fish and
other marine life. The toxic metals like lead, arsenic, copper cadmium, mercury and nickel are
also harmful to marine life. W hen water containing excess salts is discharged into the rivers, the
ri er course becomes brac ish hich affects fish life any fresh ater fish arieties die in salt
water due to osmotic changes.
13. W hat is meant by environmental pollution?
Ans. n ironmental pollution is defined as the unfa ourable alternations of our surroundings through
N
direct or indirect efforts of changes in the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of
land, air or ater that harmfully affect human life hus, there is an urgent need to find ays
HA
of waste disposal without causing any harm to life on E arth.
14. W hat is the need and importance of waste management?
Ans. W aste management reduces the harmful effects of waste on the environment, health, and so on.
AS
It can also help in reusing or recycling resources, such as; paper, cans, glasses, and so on. There
are various types of waste management processes that include the safe disposal of solid, liquid,
AK
gaseous, or hazardous substances.
15. W hat is the waste management strategy?
Ans. The basic concept of three Rs., i.e. Reduce, Reuse and Recycle plays the most important role in
PR
the modern waste management strategy. Its aim is to generate minimum amount of waste and
to e tract ma imum benefit from the aste generated or produced
16. State two advantages of recycling.
RS
Ans. Advantages of recycling are the following:
(i) Recycling of waste helps conserve the natural resources that otherwise would be used by
manufactures.
HE
(ii) It also helps reduce the pollution that may result from disposal of various waste materials.
17. Mention two reasons for the need of waste management.
Ans. Reasons for the need of waste management are:
OT
(i) The rapid growth of population and industry and the increase in the number of vehicles and
airplanes, has made pollution of environment a serious problem in many metropolitan cities
and even in rural areas since last two decades.
BR
(ii) Increasing urbanization has led to overcrowding of cities. The lack of space for disposal of
garbage, increasing air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, etc. is affecting life on earth.
18. Mention the different sources of waste.
L
Ans. W aste is useless or unwanted material that has no further use and so it is thrown away. It is also
YA
known as trash, rubbish, garbage etc. Sources of waste include domestic waste, industrial waste,
commercial waste, agricultural waste, biomedical waste, nuclear waste etc. Liquid waste refers
to all grease, oil, sludges, wash water, waste detergents and dirty water that have been thrown
O
away. Other wastes include, solid waste, organic waste, recyclable waste and hazardous waste.
19. W hy is nuclear waste harmful?
G
Ans. Nuclear waste can be hazardous as it can remain radioactive for thousands of years. If it is not
disposed off properly it continues to be hazardous. It can enter the human body, food and water.
It can affect future generations and can cause serious damages.
20. W hat impact does the waste accumulation have on the following?
(i) Q uality of air around us
(ii) Q uality of water around us
Ans. Impact of waste accumulation:
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(i) W aste accumulation pollutes the air around us which may cause serious health hazards like,
respiratory track problems.
(ii) W aste accumulation causes depletion of oxygen from water bodies occurring either naturally
or due to human activities. It causes water related diseases such as, diarrhoea.
21. W hat do you mean by the following?
(i) Sewage
(ii) E utrophication
N
Ans. (i) The waste water discharge from domestic premises like residence, institutions and commercial
establishments is known as sewage.
HA
(ii) E utrophication is a type of water pollution. It is a process of depletion of oxygen from water
bodies either through natural process or through human activities. This process takes place
due to introduction of nutrients and chemicals through discharge of domestic sewage, waste
from industries and from agricultural fields
AS
efine the following terms:
AK
1.
(i) Primary pollutants
(ii) Secondary pollutants PR
Ans. (i) Primary pollutants are directly emitted in the air such as,ash from the volcanic eruption,
carbon monoxide from motor vehicles, exhaust or sulphur dioxide from factories, nitrogen
oxide and Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM).
(ii) Secondary pollutants arise out of the reaction that takes place among the primary pollutants
RS
and normal atmospheric compounds. Secondary pollutants are pollutants which are formed
in the atmosphere. These pollutants are not emitted directly from a source (like vehicles or
power plants). Photochemical smog is made up of various secondary pollutants like ozone,
HE
Peroxyacyl Nitrates (PANs), and nitric acid.

2. epletion of o one layer is harmful and contributes to air pollution Comment
OT
Ans. Ozone layer in the upper atmosphere is a major factor in making life possible on the earth.
This layer in the stratosphere shields the earth from the sun’s ultraviolet rays by absorbing
them. However, the depletion of ozone layer, with increase in the amount of radiation, causes
BR
damage to plant life, human beings and oceanic life. Skin cancer and cataract are caused due
to depletion of ozone layer and the body is exposed to infectious diseases. Plankton on which
the fish sur i es is also affected esides this, o one in the lo er atmosphere contributes to air
pollution. Too much of ground-level ozone is harmful for breathing also damages vegetation.
L
3. W hat is meant by water pollution? How is it caused?

YA
Ans. W ater pollution is the contamination of water sources by substances which make the water
unusable for drinking, cooking, cleaning, swimming, and other activities. Pollutants include
chemicals, trash, bacteria, and parasites.
O
Any chemical that changes the colour and odour of water, uses oxygen in the water completely
and affects the well-being of the living organisms is called as a water pollutant. W hen waste get
G
into water bodies like ponds, lakes, rivers and groundwater, they adversely affect the environment
and human life.
4. W hich elements are responsible for water borne diseases? W hat is Minamata disease?
Ans. Infectious microorganisms such as worms, viruses and bacteria from infected organisms as well
as human and animal wastes are responsible for water borne diseases.
In 19 9 3 , contaminated water, containing methyl mercury, caused serious health impact in
inamata any fishes, ho consumed fish, crabs, etc containing methyl mercury, de eloped a
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
crippling and often fatal disease called Minamata disease. Many people lost their life and others
were injured.
5. W hat is the impact of water pollution on life?
Ans. Almost 80% our health problems are because of consuming polluted water. V arious types of
bacteria and parasites contaminate the water. The acidity in water is hazardous to marine life.
cessi e carbon dio ide and chlorine in ater ills fish
he contaminated aste leach into ground ater or o into the neighbouring ater he leachates
from farm waste dumps carry residues of insecticides, herbicides, pesticides and other chemicals.
N
They also include animal waste, which is hazardous for humans and animals.
HA
6. W hat are the health hazards caused by wastes?
Ans. ccumulation of aste is a result of inefficient infrastructure of aste disposal and affects the
human health and spreads infectious diseases. Particularly organic domestic wastes pose a serious
AS
threat since they ferment.
D irect handling of solid wastes can result in various types of infectious and chronic diseases
affecting the waste workers and the rag pickers. E xposure to hazardous wastes can affect human
AK
health, children who are most vulnerable to these pollutants, as the direct exposure leads to
chemical poisoning.
Agricultural and industrial wastes cause serious chemical and radioactive hazards to human life.
PR
D isposal of hospital and medical waste creates serious health hazards, through different diseases
due to contaminated food and drink or inhalation.
7. How pollution of environment has become a serious problem nowadays?
RS
Ans. The rapid growth of population and industry and the increase in the number of vehicles and
airplanes, has made pollution of environment a serious problem in many metropolitan cities and
even rural areas since last two decades in the following ways:
HE
(i) Increasing urbanisation has led to overcrowding of cities. Lack of space for disposal of
garbage, increasing air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution and nuclear pollution is
affecting life on the E arth.
OT
(ii) There is an increase in airborne and water borne diseases, spoilage of landscape and fear
of radioactive waste affecting all life, human, plants, animals and marine life, due to
environmental pollution.
BR
(iii) E nvironmental pollution is a serious problem of the industrialised societies because people
have converted the life supporting systems of the entire living world into their own resources.
In the process they have disturbed the natural ecological balance.
L
Serious degradation and depletion of resources has been caused through overuse, misuse and
YA
mismanagement of resources to meet the human greed.

8. Highlight two ways to solve the problem of waste generation.
Ans. W aste generation and its management is becoming a universal problem especially in the
O
developing countries. People all over the world are looking for more sustainable ways to dispose
of the waste to save the environment.
G
There are two ways to solve this problem:

(i) To reduce generation of waste sources.
ii o find suitable ays to turn aste into ealth i e , turn it into potential resource
9. W hat steps should be taken to manage increasing generation of waste?
Ans. The need of the hour in our country is to implement the following steps in controlling pollution
and to manage increasing generation of waste to their advantage by recycling it.
(i) Restricting population growth
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) E volvement of proper infrastructure

(iii) D isposal of waste in covered vans
i mplementation of strict la s against polluting the en ironment by imposing hea y fines
(v) E ducating the farmers about the impact of harmful pesticides on human life and soil.
Human population explosion, rapid industrialization, deforestation, unplanned urbanization,
scientific and technological ad ancement are the ma or causes of en ironment pollution
10. How the techniques of waste management differ in urban and rural areas?
N
Ans. The techniques of waste management differ in urban and rural areas in the following ways:
(i) U rban waste requires careful segregation before it can be recycled or disposed.
HA
(ii) Higher levels of technology and sound management in such areas is most important to
minimize environmental pollution.
(iii) In rural regions where lifestyles are comparatively simpler and consumer habits more
AS
sustained, most of the waste generated is organic waste. Such waste can be recycled into
compost manure or biogas fuel since organic waste is biodegradable.
(iv) The waste management in residential localities needs more organised management of waste
AK
since it may lead to more pressure on environment.
(v) In industrial areas the waste is of hazardous nature and needs very careful handling. Most
of the industrial waste generation is of long-term hazardous nature. It has very serious long-
lasting impact on environment and society.
PR
(vi) Municipal waste needs to be handled carefully. The local government must take full care of
the collection, transportation and disposal of municipal waste.
RS
11. W hat measures should be taken for reducing waste?

Ans. Reducing waste involves the following measures:
(i) Reducing the use of harmful articles which are non-biodegradable like polybags and replacing
HE
them by cloth bags or paper bags.

(ii) Promoting awareness amongst the human towards a judicious use of products to reduce
proportional generation of waste, may help in saving our environment.
OT
(iii) W ith improved technology which aims at use of minimum resources, product durability has
improved. Hence, purchasing items which will not affect the environment eg., solar heater
and other solar products will help in reducing the waste generated at source.
BR
(iv) Learning to use products which do not generate too much waste, are ecofriendly and
biodegradable.
(v) Household waste i.e., vegetable peels, garden waste, etc. can be reduced by making compost.
L
(vi) Many household items are thrown or discarded given a slight fault and new items are
YA
purchased. A consumer can rather make a wise choice and reuse the items after repairing or
polishing them or giving them a makeover instead of purchasing a substitute.
(vii) At the time of using disposables like plastic plates, utensils and plastic food storage bags
they should not be thrown away as most of them can last for a long time and can be put to
O
many uses.
G
(viii) U sing washable table napkins instead of paper napkins could be another possibility.
12. How the waste can be reused? Mention the commodities which can be reused.
Ans. There are many things that can be reused with a little change in appearance like:
(i) Converting old pieces of cloth into dolls, cushion covers, doormats, etc.
(ii) Making new notebooks from unused pages of old notebooks.
(iii) Reusing old tyers, tin can, glass bottles, etc.
(iv) Collecting waste items which serve as raw material for making another item by using art
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
skills e.g., handicrafts.

ome solid astes from the industry can be utili ed directly e g , yash from po er plants
is used as cement substitute and in ma ing of bric s, roads and filling up lo lying areas
13. o adays the emphasis is to utili e the aste and ma e the best of it by recycling ustify the
statement.
Ans. Recycling is processing the waste into raw material usable in other useful materials. This reduces
the waste generation by reusing or recycling it. The waste material that can be recycled may
come from se eral sources i e , domestic aste, office aste, plastic, paper scrap material, metals
N
and textiles.
HA
Recycling is possible only if the waste is segregated at source and then soiled, cleaned and
reprocessed into ne useful products ecycling is beneficial only if the cost of reprocessing is
covered by the demand of the product, e.g., baggasse (residue of sugarcane after extraction of
juice) is used for manufacturing paper.
AS
14. Give the meaning of the following terms:
(i) Paper recycling
AK
(ii) Car recycling
Ans. Meaning of the terms:
(i) Paper recycling: W aste paper is sometimes reused to make new paper through a process
PR
called Paper recycling. Many different products result from paper recycling. F or instance,
new computer paper and stationary result from recycling used chip board or box board. It is
also used in manufacturing such building materials as insulation, plaster board and roofing
(ii) Car recycling: A car is crushed into a big steel cube when it becomes too old and is too
RS
damaged to be used any more. A scrap processor is the machine which is used in this. Then
the cube of steel is melted and made into other steel products.
HE
15. (i) W hat is the meaning of the 3 R’s in waste management?

(ii) Give an example for each one of the above.
(iii) Mention any one way by which accumulation of waste can be hazardous for human health.
OT
Ans. (i) The ways to solve the problem of waste management are to reduce generation of waste source
and to find suitable ays to turn aste into ealth i e , turn it into potential resource ence,
the basic concept of 3 R’s i.e., Reduce, Reuse and Recycle plays the most important role in
BR
the modern waste management strategy.

(ii) Reducing: It refers to Reducing the use of harmful articles which are non-biodegradable like
polybags and replacing them by cloth bags or paper bags.
Reusing: It refers to converting old pieces of cloth into dolls, cushion covers, doormats etc.
L
Recycling: By this process, new computer paper and stationery is prepared by recycling used
YA
chip board or box board.

(iii) Accumulation of waste is very hazardous and affects human health. It spreads infectious
diseases. Particularly organic domestic wastes pose a serious threat since they ferment.
O

(i) State the main objective of the treatment of gaseous waste.
G
(ii) Name two common diseases caused as a result of gaseous pollution.

Ans. (i) Gaseous waste must be recycled to conserve our resources and to protect our environment.
it helps in protecting human beings from harmful diseases.
(ii) Two common diseases are:
espiratory problem i e , sthma
amage of lungs
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
17. W hat was the cause of the following?

(i) The Bhopal Tragedy
(ii) The Minamata disease
(iii) The Chernobyl D isaster
Ans. (i) D ue to the leaksge of the poisonous gas, methyle isocyanate from a faulty tank.
ii ue to daily inta e of highly contaminated fish and shellfish
i ue to the fire in the uclear o er lant in o iet nion no rain
N
18. How does waste accumulation affect the environment?
Ans. W aste accumulation affect the environment in the following ways:
HA
(i) Becomes an eyesore as it spoils the landscape.
(ii) Causes pollution
(iii) Affects terrestrial life adversely.
AS
(iv) Leads to health hazards.
oisonous substances seep into ground ater and o into streams
(vi) Becomes a breeding ground for diseases, like rats and rodents.
AK
19. W hat is acid rain? Mention two of its ill effects.
Ans. Acid rain is the result of excessive acids in rainwater which are formed when oxides like nitrogen
PR
dioxide and sulphur dioxide react with water.
Two ill effects are the following:
(i) Increases acidity in the soil and destroys forests and crops.
(ii) Corrodes buildings, monuments and bridges.
RS
20. (i) W hat is understood by biodegradable waste?

(ii) State one source of gaseous waste.
HE
Ans. (i) Biodegradable wastes includes any organic matter in waste which can be broken down into
carbon dioxide, water, methane or simple organic molecules by micro-organisms and other
living things. E xamples are, exhaust from vehicles, burning of fossil fuels in factories and
OT
thermal power stations, burning of wheat or rice straw etc.

iii ources of gaseous aste are, biomass, forest fire, olcanic eruptions etc
21. Give a reason for each of the following:
BR
(i) Trees must be planted in the industrial areas.

(ii) Chemical fertilizers must be replaced by organic manure.
(iii) Plastic and polythene products must be banned.
L
Ans. Reasons are the following:

YA
(i) Trees provide clean environment and therefore it is advisable to plant trees around the
industries. Trees take carbon dioxide and provide oxygen.
(ii) Organic manure increases the fertility of the soil. They are derived from the decay of
vegetable matter. It also help the plant to draw the nutrients from the soil essential for its
O
growth. Hence, chemical fertilisers which are very harmful for the plants must be replaced
by organic manure.
G
(iii) The use of plastic and polythene products must be banned. Colourful plastic are harmful
as their pigment contains hea y metals that are highly to ic lastic bags bloc the o of
drains. Since plastics do not get naturally disintegrated, it affects the marine life in rivers
and oceans.
v v v
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
Waste Generation and Management -

11 Methods of Safe Disposal of Waste
SUMMARY
N
l Proper collection of waste is very important activity and responsibility of the Municipality.
l he aste from residential areas, hotels and restaurants, office comple and commercial areas
HA
must be segregated at source into different categories of biodegradable and non-degradable waste.
l Biomedical waste and industrial waste must not be mixed with municipal solid waste consisting
of biodegradable garbage.
AS
l Storage facilities must be provided keeping in mind the quantity of the waste generated in the
area and in the vicinity of the residents or users.
AK
l Manual handling of waste must be avoided so as to prevent people from exposure to dreadful
diseases and infections.
l V ehicles used for transfer or transportation of waste should be covered while being transferred,
PR
to prevent the pollution of environment and spread and litter on the roads.
l andfills are large area on the outs irts of cities here the aste is deposited or in the ground
covered with earth.
RS
l ma or problem associated ith landfills in ol es the contamination of surrounding ater

supplies, aquifers and soil by leachate.
l eachate is formed hen rain ater lea s into the landfill
HE
l n elhi, most of the city s garbage is dumped into the hla landfill and imarpur plant
l Compost is biodegradable organic waste (like tree leaves, vegetable peels and discarded food
OT
items) converted into useful manure.

l Process of composting involves decomposition of organic waste into humus known as compost
which is a good fertiliser for the plants.
BR
l E arthworms are added in the compost pit to help convert the wastes and decompose organic matter.
l There are two ways of making compost—w ithout oxygen in air (anaerobic) and with the help
of oxygen in air (aerobic).
L
l here are many benefits that result from the process of composting li e, con ersion of organic
YA
waste into valuable fertilizers and reduction of the quantity of waste to be disposed by householder.
O
G
1. W hat should we keep in mind while providing storage facilities for wastes?
Ans. Storage facilities must be provided keeping in mind the following points:
(i) The quantity of the waste generated in the area.
(ii) The vicinity of the residents or users.
2. W hat type of vehicles should be used for wastes transportation?
Ans. V ehicles used for transfer or transportation of must be especially designed for waste collection.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
It should be covered while being transferred to prevent the pollution of environment and spread
and litter on the roads.
3. hat are landfills
Ans. andfills are large area on the outs irts of cities here the aste is deposited on or in the ground
and co ered ith earth ince landfills are co ered there is minimum air pollution
4. W hat is meant by composting?
Ans. Process of composting involves decomposition of organic waste into humus known as compost
N
which is a good fertiliser for the plants. E arthworms are added in the compost pit to help convert
the wastes and decompose organic matter. Their droppings also enrich the compost. This method
HA
is called vermicomposting.
5. ethane is an air pollutant that causes reenhouse effect ame three sources of this gas
Ans. Methane causes Greenhouse effect. The sources of methane gas are, cattle shed, coal mines,
AS
decomposition of egetable matter, landfills, biomass, paddy fields etc
(i) Composting (ii) Open dumping
AK
Ans. (i) Compost is bio-degradable organic waste like, tree leaves, vegetable peels and discarded food
items etc. converted into useful manure. Process of composting involves decomposition of
organic waste into humus known as compost which is a good fertilizer for the plants.
PR
ii n open dumping is defined as a land disposal site at hich solid astes are disposed of
in a manner that does not protect the environment, are susceptible to open burning, and are
exposed to the elements of the earth.
RS
7. How leachate is formed?

Ans. eachate is formed hen rain ater lea s into the landfill s the ater percolates through the
landfill, chemical processes turn it acidic his acidic ater then dissol es to ic chemicals from
HE
common hazardous waste products such as household cleaners, insect sprays and paints. The
resulting to ic leachate lea s through the bottom and sides of the landfill and contaminates ater
OT

1. State the precautions to be taken while collecting waste.
BR
Ans. Proper collection of waste is very important activity and responsibility of the Municipality.
F ollowing precautions should be taken:
(i) Collection of waste must be organised area wise by covered trucks, vans or rickshaws so as
to prevent littering on the roads.
L
(ii) D ay to day collection is very important to prevent spread of diseases contaminating and
YA
polluting the environment.

(iii) Building material, debris and demolition waste must be separately collected and disposed of
appropriately.
O
2. Mention the ways to do the segregation of waste.

Ans. Segregation of waste should be done with following precautions:
G
i he aste from residential areas, hotels and restaurants, office comple and commercial areas
must be segregated at source into different categories of biodegradable and non-degradable waste.
(ii) Biomedical waste and industrial waste must not be mixed with municipal solid waste
consisting of biodegradable garbage.
(iii) W aste must be segregated into vegetable/ fruits, leaves and garden waste, glass and paper waste
at source. The toxic or non-biodegradable, chemicals and e-waste must be treated separately.
(iv) W aste must not be left in open but kept in closed.
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
3. State the method of providing waste storage facilities.

Ans. F ollowing methods should be adopted:
(i) The collection bins must be covered so that the waste is not exposed to atmosphere and stray
cattle.
(ii) The storage bins must be so designed that handling and transferring of waste into vans or
trucks can be done properly.
(iii) Manual handling of waste must be avoided so as to prevent people from exposure to dreadful
diseases and infections.
N
4. Give geographical reason for the following:
HA
i t is difficult to maintain large landfills
(ii) W aste segregation is important.
(iii) As a student, you can help in the reduction of waste generation.
AS
i t is difficult to maintain large landfills in ie of the increasing o ercro ding of cities due
to growing population.
AK
(ii) W aste should be segregated for easier waste management.
(iii) W e can help in the reduction of waste generation by reducing consumption of goods. W e
should learn to recycle and reuse waste. W e should adopt the policy of three Rs, i.e., Reduce,
PR
Recycle and Reuse.
5. W hich factors which should be considered at the time of site selection for waste management?
Ans. The factors which should be considered at the time of site selection include:
RS
i and re uirement and its cost he land selected for landfill must depend on the uantity
and quality of solid waste.
(ii) Accessibility: The site of disposal must be located either centrally or near the source of waste
HE
generated.
iii Co er sanitary landfill re uires at least cm co er of thic compacted soil at the end
OT
of each day’s work.

(iv) Climate: The frequency of rainfall, the velocity and direction of prevailing wind and overall
temperature time relationship are factors to be considered at a particular site for landfill
opography ny large area a ay from the city may be used for the site of a landfill
BR
6. hat are the problems associated ith landfills

Ans. D ifferent sites pose different problems:
i he landfill gi es out a bad odour and affects people li ing or or ing nearby
L
ii ma or problem associated ith landfills in ol es the contamination of surrounding ater

YA
supplies, aquifers and soil by leachate.

iii nother serious problem associated ith landfill is their creation of e plosi e methane gas
The gas is a byproduct of chemical processes that occur when bacteria decompose waste.
O
This gas can leak into the surrounding soil, damaging plants.
plain the process of Composting brie y
G
7.
Ans. There are two ways of making compost:
(i) W ithout oxygen in air (anaerobic)
(ii) W ith the help of oxygen in air (aerobic).
(i) Anaerobic process is not developed commercially but it is receiving more attention as it does
not require aeration and is less prone to odour production. This process produces biogas
consisting of methane and carbon dioxide. The biogas can be used in energy production and
as a soil conditioner superior to aerobic compost. Biogas contains 5% Methane and 45%
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
carbon dioxide. It maybe used directly for heating or electric power generation. It maybe
upgraded to 90% methane for vehicular use.
ii erobic composting is relati ely e pensi e, produces bad odours difficult to control and
requires aeration, uses additives and produces greenhouse gases. Three types of micro-
organisms are involved in the process of composting–ba cteria, fungi and actinomycetes. After
organic material is accumulated, these micro-organisms grow and assimilate the sugars, starch
and organic acids. As a result of their activity, the temperature at the centre of the compost
heap often rises, often reaching over 60° C. At this temperature, heat loving bacteria live in
N
the waste. After using up sugars, starch and other materials, the temperature begins to fall.
At these lower temperatures, other micro-organisms like fungi become dominant. Now the
HA
waste is said to be stabilized but biological activity continues, affecting elements of the waste
to be broken down.
8. W hat are the advantages of composting?
AS
Ans. here are many benefits that result from the process of composting
(i) Conversion of organic waste into valuable fertilizers.
(ii) Reduction of the quantity of waste to be disposed by householder.
AK
(iii) Recycling of organic materials and nutrients back into the soil.
(iv) It is a natural waste disposal system.
(v) Compost improves the texture of the soil.
PR
(vi) It aids plant growth and increases the water holding capacity of the soil.
9. W hy must segregation of waste be done before disposal?
Ans. Individuals can reduce the use of harmful articles which are non-biodegradable by segregating
RS
the waste as liquid, glass, paper and vegetable waste. Biodegradable waste should be used to
prepare compost.
HE
Segregation of waste must be done before disposal because if it is mixed then it can be very
harmful. The biomedical waste and industrial waste must not be mixed with municipal solid
waste consisting biodegradable garbage. It can be toxic.
OT
10. W hat is the meaning of the 3 R’s in waste management? Give an example for each one of the above.
Ans. Two ways to solve the problem of waste management are the following:
(i) To reduce generation of waste source.
BR
ii o find suitable ays to turn aste into ealth i e , turn it into potential resource ence
the basic concept of 3 R’s i.e., Reduce, reuse and recycle plays the most important role in
the modern waste management strategy.
educing educing the use of harmful articles hich are non biodegradable li e polybags
L
and replacing them by cloth bags or paper bags.

YA
eusing Con erting old pieces of cloth into dolls, cushion co ers, doormats etc
ecycling e computer paper and stationary result from recycling used chip board or
box board.
O
v v v
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
SPECIMEN QUESTION PAPER (Solved)

( For S emester–2 Examination)
[ I ssued by CI S CE]
Maximum Marks: 40
Time allowed: O ne and a half hours
N
A nswers to this Paper must be written on the paper prov ide d separately.
Y ou will not be allowed to write dur ing the first 10 minutes.
HA
This time is to be spent in readi ng the que stion paper.
The time giv en at the head of this Paper is the time allowed for writing the answers.
AS
A ttempt all que stions from Section A and any three que stions from Section B.
The intende d marks for que stions or parts of que stions are giv en in br ac kets [ ] .
AK
S ECTI O N A
( A ttempt all que stions.)
Q uestion 1 PR
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a rp ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he f ol l ow i ng: [ 10]
(i) H i m a l a ya s
(ii)R i ve r G a n ga Ans.
RS
(iii) C he na i 82 1°E
2 (vii)
Karakoram
( i v) W e s t e r n G ha t s Pass
(ix) Standards
HE
( v) G ul f of K ut c h
( vi ) M a l a ba r c oa s t a l pl a i n
(v ii) K a r a kor a m P a s s (I)
OT
Himalayas
(v iii) B l a c k s oi l a r e a i n
pe ni ns ul a r r e gi on
( i x) S t a nda r d M e r i di a n
BR
(ii)
of I ndi a R. Ganga
(x) Jharia coal field (v)
Gulf
L
of (x)
MERIDIAN
Kutch Jharia
YA
Black
Soil Region coald eld
(viii)
(iv)
O
Western
Ghats
(iii)
(vi) Chennai
G
Malabar
Coastal
Plain
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
( A ttempt any three que stions from this Sec tion.)
Q uestion 2
(i) ( a ) G i ve a ny one us e of M a nga ne se .
( )b W hy i s c ope r su e d i n e l e c t r i c a l a pl i a nc e s ? [ 2]
Ans. ( a ) M a ng a ne s e i s t he m os t i m por t a tn m i ne r a l f or m a ki gn i r no a dn s t e e l . N e a r l y 9 gk m a nga en s e
i s r e qui r e d f or m a n uf a c t ur i ng one t one of s t e e l .
N
( b) C ope r is su e d i n e l e c t r i c a l a pl i a cn e s eb c a us e of i t s ih gh ucd t i l i t y a dn ih g h t he r m a l a nd
e le c tric a l c onduc t i vi t y .
HA
( i i ) G i ve t w o a dva nt a ge s of us i ng N a t ur a l ga s ove r c oa l . [ 2]
Ans. T w o a dva nt a ge s of us i ng na t ur a l ga s ove r c oa l a r e t he f ol l ow i ng:
AS
l N a t ur a l g a s i s l e s s c os t l y t ha n ot he r f os s i l f ue l s our c e s of e ne r gy l i ke , c oa l .
l N a t ur a l g a s i s m or e e nvi r onm e nt f r i e n dl y a nd m uc h c l e a ne r t ha n c oa l .
AK
( i i i ) W i t h r e f e r e nc e t o B ha rk a N a nga l ad m a ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) O n w hi c h r i ve r i s i t s i t ua t e d?
( ) a e a o a e e efi ed ha ra a al
PR
Ans. B ah ak r a N a nga l D a m :
( a ) B ah kr a N a nga l D a m i s c ons t r uc t e d a c r os s t he R i ve r S ut l e j a t t he s i t e fo B ha kr a G ro eg i n
t he S i w a l i ks a bout 80 km nor t h o f A m ba l a c i t y .
( ) he a e e efi ed ha ra a al da are
RS
a ar a a a d a a ha
( i v) ( a ) M e nt i on t w o a dva nt a ge s of us i ng bi oga s .
( b) H ow ha s t he nuc l e a r pow e r c ont r i but e d i n r e duc i ng t he pr e s s ur e on C onve tn i ona l s our c e s of
HE
e er
Ans. ( a ) T w o a dva nt a ge s fo us i ng bi o ga s a r e :
OT
l S us t a i na bl e s our c e – B i om a s s e ne r gy us e s or ga ni c m a t e r i a l a nd w a s t e f or i t s pr duco t i on.

C r o ps a nd r e s i due s i n a gr i c ul t ur e a nd f or e s t s a r e s us t a i n a bl e s our c e of bi om a ss.
l R e d uc i ng pol l ut i on – B i om a s s c om bus t i on pr oc e s s e m i t s f a r l e s s gr e e nhous e ga s e s i nt o t h e
air i co ari o o he o il el co io roce he roce o a ifica io
BR
no pol l ut i on ga s e s a r e e m i t t e d i nt o t he a i r .
( b) T he ge ne r a t i on of pow e r e l e c t r i c i t y t h r ough nuc l e a r e ne r gy r e duc e s t he a m o unt of e ne r g y
ge ne r a t e d f r om f os s i l f ue l s ( c oa l a nd oi l ) . L e s s us e of f os s i l f ue l l ow e r s t he gr e e nhous e
L
ga s e m i s s i ons ( C O 2 a nd ot he r s ) h e nc e he l ps i n r e duc i ng p ol l ut i on. T he c os t of nuc l e a r f ue l

YA
( ove r a l l U r a ni u m ) i s 20% of t he c os t of e ne r gy ge ne r a t e d. I t r e duc e s t he pr i c e vol a t i l i t y of

ot he r f ue l s s uc h a s pe t r ol .
Q uestion 3
O
( i ) M e nt i on t w o w a ys i n w hi c h a gr i c ul t ur e s e c t or i s i m por t a nt f or I ndi a . [ 2]
G
Ans. T w o w a ys i n w hi c h a rg i c ul t ur e i s i m por t a tn f or I ndi a a r e :

l A gr i c ul t ur e not onl y pr ovi de s f od a nd f ode r t o hum a n eb i ngs a nd l i ve s t oc k , i t i s a l s o t h e
s our c e of r a w m a t e r i a l f or m a ny ke y i ndus t r i e s , e .g, s gau r , t e xt i l e a nd e id bl e oi l e t c .
l I m pr o ve m e nt s i n t he a gr i c ul t ur a l t e c hni que s i nc r e a s e s t he de m a nd f or t r a c t or s , ha r ve s t e r s ,
th re s h e rs , c h e m ic a l fe rtiliz e rs a n d p e s tic id e s e tc . In d u s trie s a re th e n s e t u p to m e e t th e
de m a nds . T hus , a gr i c ul t ur e not on l y s upl ie s ra w m a te ria ls to t he i ndus trie s , it a ls o a c ts a s
a c ons um e r of m a ny i ndus tria l pr oduc ts .
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
(ii) ( a ) N a m e t w o a gr i c ul t ur e s e a s ons fo I ndi a .

( b) N a m e one c r op t ha t gr wo s i n e a c h fo t he s e a s on m e nt i one d by you. [ 2]
Ans. T eh t w o a g r i c ul t ur a l s e a s ons of
I ndi a a re :
(a ) K ha r i f ( b)R a bi
( b) M a j or c r ops rg ow n e a c h s e a s no a re :
l K ha r i f s e a s n:o M a j or c r ops of t hi s s e a s no a r e r i c e , m a i z e , c ot t on e t c .
l R a bi s e a s n:o M a j or c r ops of t hi s s e a s on a r e w he a t , ba r l e y , rg a m , oi l s e e ds e tc .
N
(iii) W ith r e fe r e nc e t o W he a t c ul t i va t i on a ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a ) N a m e t he s oi l f ound s ui t a bl e f or i t s gr ow t h.
HA
( b) N a m e t he s t a t e t ha t i s t he l a r ge s t pr oduc e r of t hi s c r op i n I ndi a .
(c) h i hi cro o ro i o her ar o dia
Ans. W eh a t c ul t i va t i on i n I ndi a :
AS
(a ) W h e a t g ro w s th e b e s t in w e ll-d ra in e d , fe rtile , fria b le lo a m y , a llu v ia l s o ils o f c la y e y
c om p os i t i on.
( ) ar rade h i he lar e rod cer o hea i dia acco i or o er o he o al
AK
pr oduc t i on.
( c ) C ul t i va t i on of w he a t ne e ds a n a ve r a ge t e m p e r a t ur e eb t w e e n 10° C
t o 5°1 C a t t he t i m e of
s o w in g , b u t a s th e h a rv e s tin g tim e a p p ro a c h e s , PR h ig h e r te m p e ra tu re s (2 0 ° C – 2 5 ° C ) a re
r e qui r e d t o he l p r i pe ni ng. I n I ndi a , w i nt e r t e m pe r a t ur e of nor t h I din a pr ovi de s m or e f a vour a b le
c ondi t i ons . I n s out h a nd nor t h- e a s t , t e m pe r a t ur e c ondi t i o ns a r e a bove 20° C e ve n i n w i nt e r,
he nc e w he a t c a not be gr ow n t he r e .
RS
( i v) ( a ) N a m e t he l a r g e s t pr odu c e r of t e a i n I ndi a .
( b) W ah t i s G I N N I N G ?
(c) h i e e ial or ea cro
HE
Ans. ( a ) A s s a m H i l l s R e gi on i s t he l a r ge s t t e a pr oduc i ng a r e a i n t he w or l d. T he c ondi t i ons a re m o st

fa v o u ra b le w ith o v e r 2 5 0 c m ra in fa ll a n d te m p e ra tu re a b o v e 2 0 ° C . M o re o v e r, la b o u r is
OT
a va i l a bl e i n pl e nt y . A s s a m pr oduc e s t he m os t poul a r t e a t ha t i s punge nt i n t a s t e . I t i s s t r ong

a d ed or le di he ilder o e rod ce o er o he ea i he co r
( ) i i er ic i he fir e i i i i hich he co o fi re i e ara ed ro
BR
t he r a w m a t e r i a l , i .e . c ot t on. I n I n di a , i t i s m os t l y done by r ol l e r gi ns . A f t e r s e pa r a t i ng, t he

l i nt i s t i e d i n ba l e s a nd s e nt t o t h e c ot t on m i l l s f or r i pe ni ng a nd s pi ni ng i nt o t hr e a d.
( c ) P r uni n g of t he t e a pl a nt i s v e r y e s s e nt i a l be c a us e of t he f ol l ow i ng t w o r e a s ons :
l T h e r e m ova l of t he c e nt r a l s t e m e nc our a ge s t he qui c k de ve l opm e nt of l a t e r a l br a nc he s a n d
L
eriodical r i doe o allo he la o ro ore ha c hi h hi acili a e

YA
ha nd pl uc ki ng w hi c h i s done m os t l y by w om e n.
l P r u ni ng a l s o he l ps i n gr ow i ng ne w s hot s be a r i ng s of t l e a ve s i n pl e nt y .
Q uestion 4
O
( i ) D i f f e r e nt i a t e be t w e e n publ i c s e c t or a nd pr i va t e s e c t or i n dus t r y gi vi ng s ui t a bl e e xa m pl e f or e a c h
G
f r om I ndi a . [ 2]
Ans. D i f f e r e nc e s be t w e e n publ i c s e c t or a nd pr i va t e s e c t or i ndus trie s :
l ri a e ec or d rie are a a ed a d o ed i di id al i d riali or fir
W he r e a s , publ ic s e c t or I ndus t r i e s a r e ow ne d a nd c ont r ol l e d by S t a t e or C e nt r a l G ove r nm e nt s .
l E xa m pl e of pr i va t e s e c t or i ndus t r y i s T a t a I r on a nd S t e e l . W he r e a s , publ i c s e c t or i ndus trie s
co ri e lic ili ie li e rail a ra or er ice o a d ele ra h refi erie
i r r i ga t i on pr oj e c t s a nd de f e n c e e s t a bl i s hm e nt s
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
( i i ) G i ve t w o w a ys i n w hi c h c ot t on t e xt i l e i ndus t r y i s i m por t a nt f or I ndi a . [ 2]

Ans. T w o w a ys i n w ih c h c ot t on t e tx i l e i ndus t r y i s i m orp t a nt f or I din a a r e :
l C ot t o n t e xt i l e i ndus t r y i s t he s e c ond- l a r ge s t e m pl yeo r i n t he c ount r y a f t e r a rg i c lu t ur e , rp ovi d -
i ng e m pl oym e n t to veo r 51 m i l l i on pe opl e id r e c t l y a nd 86 m i l l i on ep opl e i ndi r e c t l y , i nc l udi ng
uns ki l l e d w om e n.
l o o ar a d a ric ex or acco or a o o dia o al ex ile a d a arel
e xpor t.
N
(iii) W ith r e fe r e nc e t o R our ke l a s t e e l pl a tn a ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a ) W he re i s i t l oc a t e d?
HA
( b) W hi c h c ou nt r y he l pe d I ndi a t o e s t a bl i s h t hi s s t e e l pl a nt ?
(c) ro here doe i e i iro ore re ire e
Ans. ( a ) R our k e l a s t e e l pl a nt i s l oc a t e d i n t he S ndau r ga r h D i s t r i c t of N or t h O di s h a .
AS
( ) a e i colla ora io i h he e er a fir r a d e a d ri he
S e c ond F i ve - Y e a r P l a n. I t s t a r t e d its pr oduc t i on i n 195.
AK
( c ) I t ge t s i t s i r on or e r e qui r e m e nt f r om S unda r ga r h a nd K e onj ha r D i s t r i c t , be i ng 7 mk a w a y
f r om i t s l oc a t i on.
( i v) ( a ) W h a t a r e t he be ne f i t s fo us i ng pe t r oc he m i c a l pr oduc t s ? ( A ny t w )o
( ) o ha he elec ro ic i d r re ol io i ed he e er ai
PR e ec or
Ans. ( a ) P e tro c h e m ic a ls a re u s e d to c re a te m o s t o f th e e v e ry d a y ite m s w e u s e . T h e B e n e fits o f
P e t r oc he m i c a l P r oduc t s a r e p r of ou nd i n our da i l y l i f e a nd w i t hout i t t hi s w or l d w oul d c om e
RS
t o a s t a nds t i l l . T w o m a i n be ne f i t s a r e :
l crea i rod c de a d ha e led o he crea io o ore refi erie a d la a d
t hus t he c r e a t i on of m or e j obs .
HE
l I n di a s ha r e s a god por t i on of P e t r oc he m i c a l bus i ne s s i n w or l d m a r ke t . T he de m a nd

f o r I ndi a n P e t r oc he m i c a l pr oduc t s i s hi gh m a i nl y be c a us e of i t s qua l i t y a nd c om pe t i t i v e
pr i c i ng. T hus , m or e us e of i t he l ps i n e a r ni ng f or e i gn e xc ha nge .
OT
( b) E l e c t r oni c i ndus t r y c ove r s a w i de r a nge of pr oduc t s i nc l u di ng t e l e vi s i on s e t s , t r a ns i s t or s e t s ,

t e l e phone e xc ha nge s , c e l l ul a r t e l e c om , pa gi ng, c om put e r s a nd va r i e d e qui pm e nt f or de f e nc e ,
BR
r a i l w a y a nd m e t e or ol ogi c a l de pa r t m e nt . I t i s pr a c t i c a l l y a p os t - I nde pe nde nc e ph e nom e no a n d

ha s r e vol ut i on i z e d t he e nt e r t a i nm e nt s e c t or by c ha ngi ng t he l i f e - s t yl e of t he I ndi a n m a s s e s
i n t he r e c e nt pa s t .
Q uestion 5
L
( i ) M e nt i on t w o a dva nt a ge s of us i ng w a t e r w a ys . [ 2]
YA
Ans. T w o a vad tn a ge s of us i ng w a t e r w a ys a r e :
l L wo m a i nt e na cn e c os t – M a i nt e an nc e c so t fo w a t e r t r a ns por t i s qui t e l ow a s c om pa r e d t o
r a i l a nd r oa d t r a ns por t .
O
l U s e f u l f or bul ky gods – H e a vy a nd ulb yk odsg c a n eb t r a ns por t e d e a s i l y a t l i t t l e c os t

G
t hr ough w a te r tr a ns por t .
( i i ) D i f f e r e nt i a t e be t w e e n na t i ona l hi ghw a y a nd s t a t e hi ghw a y . [ 2]
Ans. D i f f e r e nc e s be t w e e n an t i ona l hi ghw a y a nd s ta te hi hwg a y a re :
l T h e m a jo r ro a d s c o n s tru c te d a n d m a in ta in e d b y th e C e n tra l P u b lic W o rk s D e p a rtm e n t
(C P W D ), a re k n o w n a s th e N a t io n a l H ig h w a y s . W h e re a s , th e ro a d s c o n s tru c te d a n d
m a i nt a i ne d by va r i o us a eg nc i e s o f S ta te G ove r nm e nt s a nd U ni no T e r r i t or i e s a r e know n a s
t he S ta te H i ghw a ys .
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l S t a t e H i ghw a ys a r e r ur a l r oa sd t ha t c neo c t s av r i ous r e gi nso w i t hi n s t a t e i .e ., m a i n c i t i e s of

a s t a t e , w ih l e , N a t i ona l H i ghw a ys l i nk f a r - a w a y pl a c e s a s t he y pa s s t hr ugho m a yn s t a t e s , f or
e xa m lp e , t he ih hwg a y be t w e e n V a r a na s i a nd K a nya umk a ri.
(iii) e io hree e e i o olde adrila eral
Ans. T eh G o l de n Q ua dr i l a t e r a l ( G Q ) i s a hi ghw a y ne t w or k c one c t i ng m a ny of t he m a j or i ndus tria l
a ric l ral a d c l ral ce re o dia hree e efi o olde adrila eral are he ollo i
l T he p ur pos e of G ol de n Q ua dr i l a t e r a l i s t o r e duc e t he t i m e a nd di s t a nc e be t w e e n t eh m e g a
N
c i t i e s of I ndi a .
l I t he l ps i n i ndus t r i a l gr ow t h fo t he s m a l l e r t ow ns t hr ugho w ih c h i t ap s s e s .
HA
l I t he l p s i n t r a n s por t i ng a gr i c ul t ur e pr duco e /ra w m a t e r i a l e t c . t o t he m a j ro c i t i e s a nd por t s f or
e xpor t.
(i ) ha are he hree di ad a a e o i air ra or
AS
Ans. T hr e e id s a dva nt a ge s fo us i ng a ir t r a sn p or t a r e t he f ol l ow i ng:
l H i gh C os t s : A i r t r a ns orp t is a c os t l y s e r vi c e . I t s peo r a t i ona l c os t s a r e t o hi gh. M i dl e c la s s
AK
a nd por pe opl e c a not a f f or d it e a s ily .
l M or e R i s ks : A i r t r a ns orp t is pr one t o a c c i de n t s . A s m a l l m i s t a ke c a n eb ve r y da nge r ous f or
pa s s e nge r s .
l E nor m ous
s e r vi c i ng.
i nve
It a
s t m e nt : A i r t r a ev l c a l l s f or
l s o c a l l s f or rp o f e s s i ona l , a dn qua
e nor m usoPR s pe din gn i n a e r dro
l i f i e d s t a f f t ha t en e d a s i gni
om e uib l di gn a nd
f i c a nt i nve s t m e n t .
Q uestion 6
RS
( i ) W hy i s t he r e a ne e d f or w a s t e m a na ge m e nt i n I ndi a ? ( T w o poi nt s ) [ 2]
Ans. T eh r a p i d gr ow t h of poul a t i on a dn i ndus t r y a nd t he i nc r e a s e i n t he umn b e r fo ve ih c l e s a nd
HE
a i r lp a ne s , h a s m a de pol l ut i on of e nvi r onm e nt a s e r i ous p r obl e m i n m a ny m e t r opl ita n c itie s a n d

e ve n r ur a l a r e a s s i nc e l a s t t w o de c a de s . T hus , t he r e i s a n ur ge tn en e d f or w a s t e m a na ge m e nt i n
I ndi a due t o t he f ol l ow i ng r e a s ons :
OT
l I nc r e a s i ng ur ba ni s a t i on ha s le d t o veo r c r ow di gn fo c i t i e s . T hus , l a c k fo s pa c e f or di s pos a l

of ga r ba ge , i nc r e a s i ng a i r pol l ut i on, w a t e r olp l ut i n,o s oi l olp l ut i no a nd ucn l e a r olp l ut i on is
a f f e c t i ng l i f e on E a r t h.
BR
l T he r e i s a n i nc r e a s e i n a i r bor ne a dn w a t e r bor ne di s e a s e s , s poi l a eg fo l a dsn c a pe a dn f e a r of

r a di oa c t i ve w a s t e a f f e c t i ng t he l i f e of umh a n eb i ngs , pl a nt s , a ni m a l s a nd m a r i ne l i f e , ued to
e nvi r onm e nt a l pol l ut i on.
L
( i i ) S e gr e ga t i on c ons i de r e d a s a f e m e t hod of w a s t e di s pos a l . E xpl a i n. [ 2]

YA
Ans. T eh w a s t e f r om r e s i de nt i a l a r e a s , oth e l s a dn r e s t a ur a nt s , fo f i c e c om pl e x a nd c om m e r c i a l a r e a s
m us t eb s e gr e ga t e d a t s uro c e i nt o di f f e r e nt c a t e gor i e s fo ib ode rg a da lb e a dn on den rg a da lb e w a s t e .
B i om e id c a l w a s t e a nd i ndus t r i a l w a s t e m us t otn be m i xe d w i t h m uni c i pa l s lo i d w a s t e c ons i s t i ng
O
of bi ode rg a da bl e ag r ba ge .
S e g re g a tio n is c o n s id e re d a s a fe m e th o d o f w a s te d is p o s a l. W a s te m u s t b e s e g re g a te d in to
G
ve ge t a bl e / f r ui t s ; l e a ev s a nd ag r de n w a s t e , gl a s s a nd pa ep r w a s t e a t s our c e . T he t oxi c ro on-

bi ode rg a da bl e , c he m i c a l s a nd e - w a s t e m us t be t r e a t e d s e ap r a t e l y .
(iii) e io hree a ha a e ed i dia o red ce a e
Ans. W a s t e eg ne r a t i on a dn i t s m a na eg m e nt i s be c om i ng a uni ve r s a l pr obl e m e s pe c i a l l y i n t he ed ve l opi gn
c ount r i e s . P e opl e a l l ove r t he w ro l d a r e l oki gn f or m ro e s us t a i na lb e w a ys t o id s pos e of t he w a s t e
t o s a ve t he e nvi r onm e tn . W e c a n r e duc e w a s t e by t eh f ol l ow i ng w a ys :
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
l R e duc i ng t he us e of ha r m f ul a r t i c l e s w hi c h a r e no- bi ode gr a da bl e l i ke pol yba gs a nd r e pl a c i ng

t he m by c l ot h ba gs or pa pe r ba gs .
l P r om o t i ng a w a re ne s s a m ongs t t he hum a n t ow a r ds a j udi c i ous su e fo rp duco t s t o r e ucd e
pr opr t i ona l ge ne r a t i on of w a s t e , m a y eh l p i n s a vi ng uro e vin r onm e nt .
l L e a r n in g to u s e p ro d u c ts w h ic h d o n o t g e n e ra te to o m u c h w a s te , a re e c o frie n d ly a n d
bi ode gr a da bl e .
(i ) e io hree rea o a o h he d i o a e a e har l
N
Ans. D um pi gn or l a ndf i l l of w a s t e m a y be ha r m f ul i n t he f ol l ow i ng w a ys :
l he la dfill i e o a ad odo r a d a ec eo le li i or or i ear
HA
l a or ro le a ocia ed i h la dfill i ol e he co a i a io o rro di a er
s upl i e s , a qui f e r s a nd s oi l by l e a c ha t e . T he r e s ul t i ng t oxi c l e a c ha t e l e a ks t hr ough t he otb t om
a d ide o he la dfill a d co a i a e a er
AS
l o her erio ro le a ocia ed i h la dfill i heir crea io o ex lo i e e ha e a
T he ga s i s a b ypr oduc t of c he m i c a l pr oc e s s e s t ha t oc c ur w he n ba c t e r i a de c om osp e w a s t e .
T hi s ga s c a n l e a k i nt o t he s ur r ou ndi ng s oi l , da m a gi ng pl a nt s .
AK
PR
RS
HE
OT
BR
L
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
MODEL TEST PAPER–1 (Unsolved)

[Based on the Latest Specimen Question Paper released by CISCE]
Maximum Marks: 40
N
HA
AS
S ECTI O N A
AK
Q uestion 1
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a pr ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he f ol l ow
PR i ng: [ 10]
( i ) A r a va l i M ount a i ns
( i i ) R i ve r I ndu s
RS
( i i i ) D e l hi
( i v) E a s te rn G h a ts
HE
( v) G ul f of K ha m ba t
( v i ) G a nge t i c pl a i ns
OT
( vi i ) T ha r de s e r t
( vi i i ) A l l uvi a l s oi l
BR
r e gi on i n N or t h
( i x) S t a dan r d M e r i di a n
of I din a
L
( x) M um ba i H i gh
YA
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
Q uestion 2
( i ) G i ve t w o c ha r a c t e r i s t i c s of c onve nt i ona l s our c e s of e ne r gy . [ 2]
( i i ) ( a ) M e nt i on one a dva nt a ge of t he us e of na t ur a l ga s ove r c oa l or pe t r ol e um . [ 2]
( ) a e o e o hore field o dia
( i i i ) G i ve one r e a s on f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i ng: [ 3]
(a) di ha ha e efi ed rea l ro he ira d ro ec
N
( b) C ope r i s us e d t o m a ke e l e c t r i c w i r e s .
HA
( c ) I ndi a ’ s l oc a t i on i s a dva nt a ge ous f or t he ge ne r a t i on of s ol a r pow e r.
( i v) ( a ) N a m e t he s t a t e t ha t pr oduc e s t he l a r ge s t a m ount of c ope r. [ 3]
( b) S t a t e t w o us e s of i r on or e .
AS
Q uestion 3
( i ) W ha t i s m e a nt by t he t e r m ‘ z a ya d’ ? G i ve t w o e xa m pl e s . [ 2]
( i i ) ( a ) I s m a i z e a r a bi or kha r i f c r op? [ 2]
AK
( b) N a m e t w o l e a di ng pr oduc e r s of m a i z e .
( i i i ) G i ve r e a s on f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i ng: PR [ 3]
( a ) T e a i s be s t gr ow n on hi l l s l ope s .
( b) P r un i ng i s e s s e nt i a l f or a t e a pl a nt .
( c ) H one y be e s a r e r e a r e d on c of f e e pl a nt s .
( i v) W i t h r e f e r e nc e t o r i c e c ul t i va t i on a ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng: [ 3]
RS
( a ) W hy doe s r i c e gr ow w e l l i n a s oi l w i t h a c l a y l i ke s ubs oi l ?
( b) W ha t i s t he a dva nt a ge of gr ow i ng r i c e i n nur s e r i e s be f or e i t i s t r a ns pl a nt e d?
HE
Q uestion 4
( i ) G i ve t w o r e a s ons w hy t he c ot t on t e xt i l e i ndus t r y ha s be e n de v e l ope d a r ound M um ba i . [ 2]
( i i ) F r om w he r e doe s B hi l a i S t e e l P l a nt ge t s i t s i r on or e a nd l i m e s t one ? [ 2]
OT
( i i i ) G i ve r e a s o n – [ 3]
( a ) T he i r on a nd s t e e l i ndus t r y f or m s t he ba c kbone of I ndi a n e c onm y .
( b) P r oduc t s m a de by pe t r oc he m i c a l pr oduc t s a r e ga i ni ng poul a rity .
BR
(i ) (a) a e o a or ro le aced he ar i d r
( b) N a m e t w o by- pr oduc t s of t he s uga r i ndus try .
Q uestion 5
L
(i) G iv e tw o re a s o n s fo r th e “ m e a n s o f tra n s p o rt” b e in g c a lle d th e life lin e s o f a n a tio n e c o n o m y . [2 ]

(ii) oad a are a i or a ea o ra or i dia i e o rea o o i he
YA
s t a t e m e nt . [ 2]
( i i i ) ( a ) S t a t e one a dva nt a ge of i nl a nd w a t e r w a ys . [ ]3
O
( b) S t a t e one a dva nt a ge of r oa dw a ys .
( c ) S t a t e one di s a dva nt a ge of w a t e r t r a ns por t .
G
( i v) S t a t e t hr e e pr obl e m s f a c e d by r oa d t r a ns por t i n I ndi a . [ 3]

Q uestion 6
( i ) W ha t a r e t he e f f e c t s of unt r e a t e d s ol i d w a s t e ? [ 2]
( i i ) G i ve t w o r e a s ons w hy w a s t e m us t be m a na ge d e f f i c i e nt l y? [ 2]
( i i i ) H ow do f a r m w a s t e a f f e c t hum a n l i f e ? N a m e a ny t w o ha r m f u l s ubs t a nc e s t ha t t he y c ont a i .n [ 3]
( i v) E xpl a i n br i e f l y t he m e a ni ng of t he f ol l ow i ng t e r m s : [ 3]
( a ) C om pos t i ng ( b) S e gr e ga t i on ( c ) E ut r ophi c a t i on
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

Maximum Marks: 40
N
HA
AS
S ECTI O N A
AK
Q uestion 1
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a pr ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he
PR
f ol l ow i ng: [ 10]
( i ) V i ndhya s
RS
( i i ) R i ve r J he l u m
( i i i ) M um ba i
HE
( i v) A nda m a n S e a
( v) E a s te rn G h a ts
OT
( v i ) G r e a t I ndi a n D e se rt
( v i i ) S ap r s e l y p opul a te d
r e ig no i n n or t h
BR
( vi i i ) A l l uvi a l s oi l r e ig on
i n on E a s t C ao s t
L
( i x) S t a dan r d M e r i di a n
of I ndi a
YA
( x) O f f s hor e oi l f i e l d
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
Q uestion 2
( i ) S t a t e t he u s e s of M a nga ne s e . [ 2]
( i i ) S t a t e t w o us e s of l ow e r gr a de i r on or e . [ ]2
( i i i ) N a m e t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a) ar e oil refi er i he lic ec or
N
( b) S t a t e t ha t i s t he l a r ge s t pr oduc e r of c oa l .
( c ) B e s t va r i e t y of i r on or e . [ 3]
HA
( i v) G i ve a ge ogr a phi c a l r e a s on f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a) a or ci ie ha e heir o oil refi erie
( b) P e t r ol e um i s c a l l e d a ‘ f os s i l f ue l ’ .
AS
( c ) C oa l i s c a l l e d a ve r s a t i l e m i ne r a l . [ 3]
Q uestion 3
( i ) W ha t i s t he i m orp t a nc e o f a rg i c ul t ur e i n uro c unto ry . [ 2]
AK
( i i ) S t a t e a ny t w o a rg i c ul t ur a l - r e f or m s l a un c he d by t he G ove r nm e nt of I ndi a . [ ]2
( i i i ) D i f f e r e nt i a t e be t w e e n R a bi a nd K ha r i f c r ops . PR [ 3]
( i v) G i ve a ge o gr a phi c a l r e a s on f or e a c h o f t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a ) T e a i s c ul t i va t e d on hi l l s l ope s.
( b) T he y i e l d pe r he c t a r e of s uga r c a ne i s hi ghe r i n t he S out he r n s t a t e s . [ 3]
RS
Q uestion 4
( i ) W ha t a r e l a r ge s c a l e i ndus trie s ? G i ve a n e xa m pl e fo a l a r ge s c a l e i ndus t r y l oc a t e d i n I ndi a . [ ]2
( i i ) S t a t e a ny t w o rp blo e m s f a c e d by c ot t on t e xt i l e i ndus try in I ndi a . [ 2]
HE
( i i i ) S t a t e a ny t rh e e f a ourv a bl e - f a c t or s f or t he gr ow t h of S of t w a r e I ndus t r y i n B e nga l ur .u [ 3]

( i v) G i ve t hr e e r e a s ons a s t o w yh t he r e i s a l a r ge c onc e nt r a t i on of i r on a dn s t e e l lp a nt s i n t he C hot a
N a gpur R e gi n.o [ 3]
OT
Q uestion 5
(i) (a ) W ah t i s m e a nt by G ol de n uaq dr i l a t e r a l ?
BR
(c ) S t a t e t w o i m por t a nc e fo G ol de n qua dr i l a te ra l. [ ]2
( i i ) W hy i s r a i l t r a ns por t m os t c om f or t a bl e a nd poul a r m e a ns of t r a ns por t? [ 2]
( i i i ) G i ve a r e a s on f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i n g:
(a ) N e a r l y s e ve nt y pe r c e nt of I ndi a ns do not us e a i r t r a ns por t .
L
( b) A w e l l - de ve l ope d t r a n s por t ne t w or k i s i m por t a nt f ro i ndus t r i a l gr wo t h.

YA
(c ) W a t e r t r a ns por t i s not a s poul a r a s l a nd t r a ns por t i n I ndi a . [ 3]

( i v) ‘ T he r a i l w a y i s a n i m p or ta n t m e a ns of t r a ns por t a s c om pa r e d t o a i r w a ys ’. S t a t e t w o r e a s ons to
s upor t t he s t a t e m e nt . [ 3]
O
Q uestion 6
G
( i ) W ha t a r e l a ndf i l l s ? W ha t f a c t or s m su t be ke p t i n m i nd w hi l e p l a ni ng a l a ndf ill? [ 2]

( i i ) W ha t i s m e a nt by c om pos t i ng? S t a t e a ny one a dva nt a ge fo c o m osp t i ng. [ 2]
( i i i ) A ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) W ha t c a n a n i ndi vi dua l do t o r e duc e w a s te a t omh e ?
( b) W hy m us t s e gr e ga t i on of w a s t e b e oned eb f or e id s osp a l ?
( c ) H ow ha s c om pos t i ng rp ove n t o be a gr e a t he lp in m a na ig gn w a s t e ? [ ]3
( i v) H ow c a n w a s t e be r e us e d? E xpl a i n w i t h t he he l p of a n e xa m lp e . [ 3]
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

Maximum Marks: 40
N
HA
AS
S ECTI O N A
AK
Q uestion 1
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a pr ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he PR
( i ) S a t pur a M ount a i ns
( i i ) R i ve r G a ng a
RS
( i i i ) A l l a ha ba d
HE
( i v) C or om a nde l C oa s t
( v) C hi l i ka L a ke
OT
( v i ) K a r a kor a m P a ss
( v i i ) S t a nda r d M e r i di a n
of I ndi a
BR
( vi i i ) B l a c k s oi l r e gi on
in M a ha r a s ht r a
( i x) J ha r i a c oa l f i e l d
L
( x) S out h W e s t M ons on
YA
W i nds i n A r a bi a n S e a
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
Q uestion 2
( i ) H ow do t he no- c onve nt i ona l s our c e s of e ne r gy s c or e ove r t h e c onve nt i ona l s our c e s of e ne r gy?
G i ve t w o r e a s ons . [ 2]
( i i ) N a m e t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) A m e t a l l i c m i ne r a l f or w hi c h t he B a l a gh a t di s t r i c t of M a d hya P r a de s h i s f a m ous .
( ) he l i r o e ro ec a ed o he i er a l
N
( i i i ) S t a t e t hr e e m a i n c a us e s f or t he l ow pr oduc t i on of hyde l pow e r i n I ndi a . [ 3]
HA
( i v) N a m e t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a) ar e coalfield o dia
( ) lde oilfield o dia
AS
( c ) B e s t va r i e t y of i r on or e [ 3]
Q uestion 3
( i ) S t a t e t w o s a l i e nt f e a t ur e s of I ndi a n a gr i c ul t u r e . [ 2]
AK
( i i ) W ha t i s m e a nt by c r op r o t a t i on? [ ]2
( i i i ) D i s c us s t hr e e e c onm i c i m por t a nc e of oi l s e e ds . PR [ 3]
( i v) G i ve r e a s o n f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) R i c e yi e l d pe r he c t a r e i s l ow i n I ndi a .
( b) W he a t i s a s t a pl e c r op of n or t h I nd i a .
( c ) P l uc k i ng of t e a l e a ve s i s ge ne r a l l y done by w om e n. [ 3]
RS
Q uestion 4
( i ) W ha t a r e a gr o- ba s e d i ndus t r i e s ? G i ve a n e xa m pl e . [ 2]
HE
( i i ) S t a t e a ny t w o di f f e r e nc e s be t w e e n t he s uga r i ndus t r y of N or t he r n a nd P e ni ns ul a r I ndi a . [ ]2

( i i i ) G i ve ge ogr a phi c a l r e a s on f or t he f ol l ow i ng:
(a) ara i he eco d lar e rod cer o co o ex ile i dia
OT
( b) B e nga l ur u i s t e r m e d a s ‘ E l e c t r oni c c a pi t a l of I ndi a ’ .

( c ) T he e l e c t r oni c i ndus t r y ha s m a de a n i m pa c t on bot h e nt e r t a i nm e nt a nd e ucd a t i on. [ ]3
(iv ) W h ic h is th e la rg e s t m in e ra l-b a s e d in d u s try in In d ia ? W h y is it c a lle d a k e y o r b a s ic in d u s try ? [ 3]
BR
Q uestion 5
( i ) S t a t e a ny t w o m e r i t s of w a t e r t r a ns por t . [ 2]
( i i ) W hi c h por t i s know n a s T i da l por t ? W hy w a s i t de ve l ope d? [ 2]
L
(iii) a e he di ere ca e orie o road i dia ha i he o ec i e o olde adrila eral

YA
( i v) D i s c us s t hr e e a dva nt a ge s of a i r t r a ns po r t . [ 3]
Q uestion 6
( i ) W ha t a r e w a t e r pol l ut a nt s ? G i ve t w o e xa m pl e s of w a t e r pol l ut i on. [ 2]
O
( i i ) S t a t e t w o a dva nt a ge s of r e c yc l i ng of w a s t e . [ ]2
( i i i ) S t a t e a ny t hr e e e f f e c t s of unt r e a t e d s ol i d w a s t e ? [ 3]
G
( i v) D e f i ne t he f ol l ow i ng t e r m s :
(a ) A c id ra in
( b) G l oba l w a r m i ng
( c ) S m og [ 3]
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

Maximum Marks: 40
N
HA
AS
S ECTI O N A
AK
Q uestion 1
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a pr ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he f ol l ow
PR i ng: [ 10]
( i ) N i l gi r i M o unt a i ns
( i i ) R i ve r C ha m ba l
RS
( i i i ) C he na i
( i v) G ul f of K u tc h
HE
( ) o a che a
( v i ) K a r a kor a m P a ss
OT
( v i i ) S ap r s e l y p opul a te d
r e ig no i n t he E a st
BR
( vi i i ) A l l uvi a l s oi l r e gi no
i n N ro t h I n di a
( i x) D i r e c t i on o f N ro t h
L
E a s t M nso on w i dsn
YA
( x) M a l a ba r C oa s t
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
Q uestion 2
( i ) W hy i s i t ne c e s s a r y t o c ons e r ve m i ne r a l r e s our c e s ? G i ve t w o r e a s ons . [ ]2
( i i ) S t a t e t w o m a i n us e s of c ope r. [ 2]
( i i i ) M e nt i on t h r e e f e a t ur e s of B i t um i nous c oa l . [ 3]
( i v) W hi c h a r e t he t hr e e m a i n a r e a s of m i ne r a l oi l de pos i t s i n or de r of i m por t a nc e ? [ 3]
N
Q uestion 3
( i ) G i ve t he ge ogr a phi c a l r e qui r e m e nt s f or t he c ul t i va t i on of s uga r c a ne . [ 2]
HA
( i i ) W ha t a r e t he us e s of oi l s e e ds ? G i ve e x a m pl e s . [ ]2
( i i i ) E xpl a i n t he f ol l ow i ng t e r m s a nd na m e t he c r op w i t h w hi c h e a c h i s a s s oc i a t e d.
( a ) R a t oni ng
AS
( b) G i ni ng
( c ) C l one pl a nt i ng [ 3]
AK
( i v) ( a ) W ha t a r e t he c l i m a t i c c on di t i ons t ha t f a vour t he c ul t i va t i on of c ot t on?
( b) W he r e i n I ndi a doe s l ong s t a pl e c ot t on gr ow ?
( c ) S t a t e a ny one a dva nt a ge of i t . [ 3]
Q uestion 4
PR
(i) W h a t a re p u b lic s e c to r in d u s trie s ? G iv e tw o e x a m p le s o f p u b lic s e c to r in d u s trie s lo c a t e d i n I n d i a . [ 2]
( i i ) S t a t e t hr e e di f f e r e nc e s be t w e e n a n i nt e gr a t e d s t e e l pl a nt a nd a m i ni s t e e l pl a nt . [ 2]
RS
( i i i ) ( a ) S t a t e t w o r e a s ons f or t he gr ow i ng i m por t a nc e i n t he s t a t us of pe t r oc he m i c a l i ndus trie s .

( b) N a m e t w o pr oduc t s of t he pe t r ol e um i ndus try . [ 3]
( i v) W i t h r e f e r e nc e t o t he I r on a nd S t e e l pl a nt l oc a t e d a t J a m s he dpur , a ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng que s t i ons :
HE
( a ) F r om w he r e doe s t he pl a nt ge t i t s i r on or e .
( b) W hi c h r i ve r pr ovi de s w a t e r t o t he t ow ns hi p?
OT
( c ) N a m e t he s t a t e s t ha t pr ovi de i t s l a bour f or c e . [ 3]
Q uestion 5
( i ) ( a ) W ha t a r e E xpr e s s w a ys ?
BR
( a ) G i ve a n e xa m pl e . [ ]2
( i i ) W ha t a r e t w o di s a dva nt a ge s of r oa d t r a ns por t ? [ 2]
( i i i ) G i ve a r e a s on f or e a c h of t he f ol l ow i n g:
( a ) R a i l w a ys f a c e a t ough c om pe t i t i on w i t h r oa d t r a ns por t .
L
( b) A i r w a ys a r e f r e e f r om ge ogr a phi c a l c ont r a s t s l i ke m oun t a i ns , r i ve r s , or oc e a ns .

YA
( c ) W a t e r w a ys a r e t he c he a pe s t m ode of t r a ns por t . [ 3]
( i v) ( a ) H ow c a n a i r t r a ns por t pr om ot e t ou r i s m a t t he i nt e r na t i ona l l e ve l ?
( b) W hy i s i nl a nd na vi g a t i on m o r e poul a r i n nor t h I ndi a a s c om pa r e d t o s out h? [ 3]
O
Q uestion 6
G
( i ) S t a t e t w o f a c t or s r e s pons i bl e f or s oi l p ol l ut i on. [ 2]
( i i ) M e nt i on t w o e f f e c t s of w a s t e s on a qua t i c l i f e . [ ]2
( i i i ) H ow t e c hn i que s of w a s t e m a na ge m e nt di f f e r i n r ur a l a n d ur ba n a r e a s . G i ve t hr e e poi nt s . [ 3]
( i v) A ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng i n br i e f :
(a) ha di ea e are read i d rial e e
( ) h i oride har l or ca le
( c ) H ow c a n w e ut i l i z e t he hous e hol d w a s t e ? [ 3]
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day

Maximum Marks: 40
N
HA
AS
S ECTI O N A
AK
Q uestion 1
O n t he out l i ne m a p of I ndi a pr ovi de d m a r k a nd na m e t he PR
(i) D e c c a n P la te a u
( i i ) E a s t e r n c oa s t a l pl a i ns
RS
( i i i ) R i ve r C a uve ri
HE
( i v) C hi l i ka L a ke
( v) L ongi t ude 82° 30’ E
OT
( vi ) B a y fo B e gan l br a nc h
of M nso o sn
( vi i ) M um ba i H i gh
BR
( vi i i ) B l a c k s oi l r e gi on in
s out h I din a
L
( i x) D e l hi
YA
( x) D e sn e l y op ulp a t e d
r e gi no i n n or t h
O
G
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
Learn @ ` 1 Per Day
S ECTI O N B
Q uestion 2
( i ) W ha t a r e m i ne r a l s ? G i ve t w o e xa m pl e s of m i ne r a l s . [ 2]
( i i ) M e nt i on t w o pr ope r t i e s of c ope r. [ 2]
( i i i ) ‘ N a t ur a l ga s ha s c e r t a i n a dva nt a ge s ove r ot he r f ue l s .’ J us t i f y t he s t a t e m e nt w i t h t hr e e poi nt s . [ 3]
( i v) N a m e t he f ol l ow i ng:
N
(a) ai oilfield i or h ea dia ( ) erior ali ro coal
( c ) O ne n on- c onve nt i ona l s our c e of e ne r gy [ 3]
HA
Q uestion 3
( i ) S t a t e t w o m e a s ur e s a dopt e d unde r G r e e n R e vol ut i on. [ 2]
( i i ) W ha t i s i nt e ns i ve c om m e r c i a l f a r m i ng? S t a t e one f e a t ur e of i t . [ 2]
AS
( i i i ) ( a ) W ha t i s pl a nt a t i on a gr i c ul t ur e ?
( b) W he r e i s i t pr a c t i c e d i n I ndi a ?
AK
( c ) N a m e t w o c r ops gr ow n i n pl a nt a t i on a gr i c ul t ur e . [ 3]
( i v) I de nt i f y t he m e t hods of r i c e c ul t i va t i on:
(a) hi e hod i ol e o i he eed ri li he all o er he field ha d PR
( ) hi e hod eed are fir o i r erie a er oa i he i a er or ho r
( c ) W hi l e us i ng t he pl ou gh, s e e ds a r e dr ope d t hr ough a ba m bo s ha f t a t t a c he d t o i t , i n t he
f ur r ow s m a de by t he pl ough i n a s t r a i ght l i ne . [ 3]
Q uestion 4
RS
( i ) M e nt i on a ny t w o no- ge ogr a phi c a l f a c t or s a f f e c t i n g l oc a t i on of i ndus trie s . [ 2]

( i i ) W ha t a r e t he a ni m a l ba s e d i ndus t r i e s ? G i ve t w o e xa m pl e s . [ 2]
HE
( i i i ) G i ve a ge o gr a phi c a l r e a s on f or e a c h o f t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) T a m i l N a du s t a t e i s c a l l e d ‘ M a nc he s t e r of I ndi a ’ .
( b) S uga r i ndus t r i e s ge t l ow a nd i r r e gul a r s upl y of r a w m a t e r i a l .
OT
( c ) B e nga l ur u i s c a l l e d t he ‘ S i l i c on V a l l e y of I ndi a ’ . [ 3]
( i v) A ns w e r t he f ol l ow i ng:
( a ) W he r e i s E C I L l oc a t e d?
BR
( b) N a m e a ny t w o e l e c t r oni c pr oduc ts .
(c) o ha elec ro ic i d r i e ced he li e le o dia a e
Q uestion 5
L
( i ) ( a ) W ha t a r e N a t i ona l H i ghw a ys ?
YA
( b) S t a t e one i m por t a nc e of N a t i ona l H i ghw a y . [ 2]

( i i ) M e nt i on t w o m a i n pr obl e m s of I ndi a n R a i l w a ys . [ 2]
( i i i ) S t a t e a ny t hr e e a dva nt a ge s of r oa d t r a ns por t . [ 3]
O
( i v) S t a t e t hr e e di s a dva n t a ge s of a i r t r a ns por t . [ 3]
G
Q uestion 6
( i ) W ha t is m e a nt by ‘ A i r po l l ut i on’ ? W h a t a r e i t s id f f e r e nt f or m s ? [ 2]
( i i ) W ha t is m e a nt by oi l s pi l l s ? H ow i s i t ha r m f lu t o hum a n life ? [ ]2
( i i i ) W ha t is m e a tn by 3 R s ? E xpl a i n w i t h t he eh l p of a pr opr i a t e e xa m pl e s . [ 3]
( i v) W ha t w a s t he c a su e of t he f ol l ow i ng?
(a ) T he B hopa l T r a ge dy ( b) T he M i na m a t a D i s e a s e
(c ) T he C he r obyln e D is a s te r [ 3]
BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO

BROTHERS
PRAKASHAN
AN
SH
KA
RA
SP
ER
TH
RO
LB
YA
GO
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om
O
ToTo iew To
v v iew
view Sample
o o f f Bo
. C om

08 Goyals Icse Geography Class 10 (Semester 2) Low Size

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

08 Goyals Icse Geography Class 10 (Semester 2) Low Size

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GOYAL BROTHERS PRAKASHAN

To buy these books

Reach us goyalpublisher goyalpublisher goyalpublisher

Semester-2 Examination 2022

Based on A Textbook of I.C.S.E. Geography Class 10

CISCE’s Modified Assessment Plan for Academic Year 2021-22

Reduced and Bifurcated Syllabus for Semester-2 Examination

Questions with answers for Semester-2 Examination to be held in

Specimen Question Paper (Solved) for Semester-2 Examination

5 Model Test Papers based on the latest specimen question

GOYAL BROTHERS PRAKASHAN

GOYAL BROTHERS PRAKASHAN

Kolkata - 700014, Phone : 033-22262683

Lucknow - 226 006, Phone : 0522-2320841

To buy our books online log on to www.goyal-books.com

Published & Printed by

T h ere w i l l b e one p a p er o f two h o u rs du ra t i o n ca rryi n g 8 0 m a rks a n d I n t ern a l A ssessm en t o f 2 0 m a rks.

aqueduct and diggi.

Desert: T h a r ( T h e G rea t I n di a n D esert )

Distrib ution of Minerals: O i l - M u m b a i H i g h ( O f f sh o re O i l F i el d) , C o a l – Jh a ri a .

PART II – GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA

• Sources (Surface water and ground water).

conditions and advantages).

8 . M in era l a n d En erg y Res o u rces

• Iron ore, Manganese, Copper uses and their distribution.

• Indian griculture importance, problems and reforms.

- rice , w h e at and p ulses.

BIF URCATED SYLLABUS PR

UNIT NAME OF THE UNIT UNIT NAME OF THE UNIT

Maps (Complete Unit)

3. Location, Extent and Physical 8. Minerals and Energy Resources

(Complete Unit) (Complete Unit)

(Complete Unit) (Complete Unit)

UNIT 12 : Waste Management

11. Waste Generation and Management - Methods of Safe

SECTION B : SPECIM EN Q UESTION PAPER

Specimen Question Paper (Solved) ... ... ... 103–108

SECTION C : M ODEL TEST PAPERS

Model Test Paper 1 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 109–110

Model Test Paper 2 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 111–112

Model Test Paper 3 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 113–114

Model Test Paper 4 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 115–116

Model Test Paper 5 (Unsolved) ... ... ... 117–118

Unit 2 : Map of India

7. Direction of Monsoon winds :

(c) Iron ore in Singhbum and Coal in Jharia.

(iii) Black Soil : Black (iv) Red Soil : Red

(a) Only 10 towns to be marked, as given in the syllabus.

2. O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

SOIL (g) LAKE CHILKA

3 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

4 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

(j) VINDHYA MOUNTAINS

5 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

6 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

7 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

8 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d :

9 . O n th e ou tline m ap of India pr ov ide d:

Black (h) Kolkata

(c) coal eld

14 G oy al ’ s I .C .SE . C om m erc ial A pl ic at ions C las s 10 f or Se m ester- 2 E x am inat ion

Unit 8 : Minerals and Energy Resources

2 Minerals and Energy Resources - I

and atomic structure.

(c) coal eld